Home

Owners Manual - Dealer e

1. sssssseesareresseoneess 5 15 Shift lock system Aere r 5 14 Sports Mode erep eegenen EE 5 14 B B 0 Co Mee 7 32 Before driving seeren ee oinp i 5 3 Binding arbitration sssssssessssssevarevsurseeonasnessvasasonees 2 10 Brake flujd Saiessctaaeeeseennanerociandoncesnctanateonnenseaneaeeacaceenoaees 7 21 Brake SYSTEM terrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrssresessesssssensseeeseeneeereeeeeeees 5 18 Anti lock brake system ABS ssrsssessasesesennees 5 28 PTC T AEE E A A 5 25 Electric parking brake EPB reneisse 5 20 Electronic stability control ESC vvrrseressseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 30 Parking brake suseso iusi unise 5 19 Power brakes oeeee eeeeeesssseeeeeesssssseeseeresssssseeeseeessssssseee 5 18 Bulb N21 oo 8 2 C California perchlorate notice E A A ee SOGees meee saws 7 78 Child restraint system E 1a 01s oh00 1010 4 5 0 6 6 06 o o 6 6 6 a E 01056 E 61056 6 6 A 2 7 Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock E Cte E N T TE 3 29 Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system E E o 6 e 6 ps 0 0 0 auevere a d oipve a e slere s 8iaie 0 6 rela are eseie eee sieve 3 3 1 Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system E T a a E a We ele ene a 3 33 Climate control air filter E E EEEE E A E A E G eleis eee 016 7 27 Consumer information ee 8 9 Cruise control system E 6616 0 0 019 60a a T E 5 36 D De rode raTa AAAA EAA 4 88 Dike Re re ee ere 8 9 Door locka Gesesersssa
2. 1 2 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so Place the shift lever in P and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off lf engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the car If the air con ditioning had been in use it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop lf the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there
3. Ooa After checking the fuse panel in the ro aa engine compartment securely l ae OBHO78025 install the fuse panel cover If not G210201ABH electrical failures may occur from Main fuse water contact If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel cover on the right side in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the Casio same rating Engine compartment fuse 4 A in the reverse order of replacement l 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other NOTICE switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling up If the main fuse is blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Maintenance G210300ABH EU Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Inner panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE r E Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label senger s side Maintenance Instrument panel Driver s side fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component P WDW LH Driver Power Window Module Rear Power Window Module LH P WDW RH Passenger Power Window Module Rear Power Window Module RH
4. SET indicator Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads E090000ABH EU The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system which may increase the vehicle speed OBH058020 E090100ABH EU To set cruise control speed 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h OBH058021 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate Release the accelerator pedal The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill Driving your vehicle OBH058022 E090200ABH EU To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES
5. drain and refill 6 87 US qt 6 5 J 6 per ommend Orange Engine 7 19 US at 6 8 API Service SM or tia Oil Dipstick ILSAC GF 4 or above pyle 5 0L o ai Red Engine Oil Dipstick 7 61 US qt 7 2 l GS ATF SP IV RR HYUNDAI genuine Automatic transmission fluid 10 67 US qt 10 1 ATF SP IV RR or other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co l _ With EHPS 0 95 US at 0 9 Pentosin CHF 202 Power steering fluid Without EHPS 0 95 US qt 0 9 PSF 4 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Mixture of antifreeze and water oplan ee a Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake fluid 0 7 0 8 US qt 0 7 0 8 FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Rear differential oil 1 48 US qt 1 4 tay rates ere aa Fuel Unleaded gasoline 4 6L 5 0L 20 34 US gal 77 1 i ed Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects
6. e When the power window lock switch is ON the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows Features of your vehicle WARNING e Before closing the hood ensure OBH048025L D090100AEN Opening the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly WARNING Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park posi tion and setting the parking brake 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the hood slightly pull the secondary latch 1 inside of the hood center and lift the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely by itself after it has been raised about halfway DO90200AEN Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away If it is not
7. than 11 81 in 30 cm from the sensor or it may sense an incorrect distance Use with caution When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor Sensor damage could occur x NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors it can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects or objects located between sensors may not be detected Always visually check in front and behind the vehicle when driving Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the system s capabili ties and limitations Features of your vehicle D170400ABH Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REAR VIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED Pi OBH048069 D330000ABH The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R position This sy
8. 1040100ABH EU l l When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in Recommended SAE viscosity before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart number S41 A CAUTION Temperature og 8 20 10 O 10 20 30 40 50 emperature CE Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or 10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 dipstick before checking or drain 10W 30 ing any lubricant This is especially Engine Oil important in dusty or sandy areas z and when the vehicle is used on 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of unpaved roads Cleaning the plug a viscosity grade SAE 5W 30 API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 and dipstick areas will prevent dirt However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the and grit from entering the engine proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart and other mechanisms that could be damaged E 4 6L 5 0L Engine oil viscosity thickness has an z z effect on fuel economy and cold weather Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers operating engine start and engine oil C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 flowability Lower viscosity engine oils F 10 0 20 40 460 80 100 120 can provide better fuel economy and cold 10W 30 weather performance however higher Engine Oil E ET viscosity engine oils are required for sat Eita isfactory lubrication in h
9. Console Switch LH RH ECS Control Module Steering Angle Sensor Key Lock Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Multifunction Switch Crash Pad Switch A C Control Module Instrument Cluster Rear Seat Warmer 10A Module LH Driver Seat Warmer Module Rear Seat Warmer Module RH Passenger Seat Warmer Module Passenger CCS Control Module Driver CCS Control Module Generator START PDM 2 G1 KEY ILLUMINATION E R Junction Box Fuse INHIBITOR SW 15A ECU 2 10A EHPS 10A CRUISE 10A TCU 15A IG KEY SUPPLY ESP 10A STOP LP 10A AFLS 10A eee Intelligent Accel Pedal Unit DR LOCK DRV Driver Door Module Stop Lamp Switch Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Sensor Adaptive Front Lighting Module Head Lamp LH Head AFLS 10A Lamp RH POM C SECURITY LP Data Link Connector Auto Light Sensor amp Security Indicator Rear Door Module LH RH Shift Lock Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component FAM IPM Tilt amp Telescopic Module PDM Driver Door Module Passenger Door Module IMS Control MODULE 1 Module Multifunction Switch Electronic Parking Brake Module Power Trunk Lid Control Module Forward amp Rear Parking Assist Control Module MODULES 3 pA FAM Multifunction Switch Tilt amp Telescopic Module Instrument Cluster Driver Door Module Ce fenan Door Module Power Trunk Lid Control Module IMS Control Module Rear Curtain Module ee Tilt amp Telescopic Module ECS Co
10. OO OWNER S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications All information in this Owner s Manual is current at the time of publication However Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle CAUTION MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way Such modifications may adversely affect the per formance safety or durability of your Hyundai and may in addition violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab lished by the U S Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies TWO WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems For this reason we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instruc tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices F2 SAFETY AND VEHICLE
11. e If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically x NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle OBH048008 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle D050201BBH EE With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the door lock button will be visible e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward If the inner door handle of the driver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in lock position the button is unlocked and door opens e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open WARNING Door lock mal function If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehi cle try one or more of the following techniques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear Lower a front window and use th
12. low these steps 1 2 3 4 oe 6 7 Shift the shift lever into P Park Block the wheels Open the trunk and remove the cover Remove the emergency release han dle from the tool case Remove the emergency release cable cover Install the emergency release handle into the threaded end of the emergency release cable by turning it clockwise Pull up the handle until sounds a took The EPB warning light blinks 8 After Operate EPB switch OBH052058N Operate EPE switch OBH042341N using the EPB emergency release a warning message will come on You should operate the EPB switch for the vehicle to return to its normal condition If the vehicle does not return to normal condition take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Driving your vehicle 2 When you stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal the AUTO HOLD maintains the brake pressure in order to hold the vehicle stationary The indicator changes from white to green 3 The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the foot brake pedal OBH059055 OBH059012 AUTO HOLD if equipped F070801BBH E070800BBH Set up The AUTO HOLD keeps the vehicle 1 Press the AUTO HOLD switch The stopped after the driver brings the vehi white AUTO HOLD indicator will illumi cle to a complete stop with the foot brake nate and the system will be in the and releases the brake pedal Stan
13. A020103AUN EU Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems check malfunction indicator light or damage and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing Introduction E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 10 percent CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel CAUTION Never use gaso
14. Display 995734 e Adding Entry by Phone 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Add Entry after prompt 4 Say By Phone to proceed 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 minutes depending on the phone model and number of entries 7 Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Change Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook 3 Say Delete Name after prompt 4 Say the name of the entry voice tag 5 Say Yes to confirm Features of your vehicle m Making a Phone Call e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system 1 Press button 2 Say Call 3 Say Name when prompted 4 Say desired name voice tag 5 Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected 6 Say Yes to confirm and make a call X Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name 2 Say Call lt john gt 3 Say Call lt john gt at lt home gt e Dialing by Number A phone call ca
15. E Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 130 mph 210 km h 149 mph 240 km h Above 149 mph 240 km h G201003AEN 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1612 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2012 Maintenance n CO EEEEEEEEEEEEEEeeee G201004AEN 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon
16. If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated Your dealer should be consult ed for repairs This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on D150306AUN High beam indicator D150331ABH Tail light indicator kl Features of your vehicle D150307AEN Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result J CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure w
17. NOTICE i operate normally e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key into the smart key holder To eject the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key inward past the detent and then pull the key outward e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If you are not able to replace the fuse you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds with the engine start stop button in ACC The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION E060100ABH Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 8 for Cy ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automati m cally depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE 5 The first few shifts on a new vehicle may be somewhat abrupt o a o m Depress the brake pedal when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OBH059005 EQ60000AUN EU kt el Driving your vehicle Always depress the brake pedal when E060101ABH shifting from N Neutral to a forward or CAUTION Transmission ranges reverse gear e To avoid damage to your trans The indicator in the instrument cluster mission do not accele
18. Reverse parking aid function matically revert to their original posi if equipped tions under the following conditions When you shift the shift lever to the R 1 Ignition switch is turned to the LOCK Reverse position the outside rearview or ACC position 7 mirror s will move downward to aid 2 Shift lever is moved to any position reverse parking According to the posi except R l tion of the outside rearview mirror switch 3 Remote control outside rearview mir 1 the outside rearview mirror s will ror switch is placed in the middle operate as follows position Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL D130100ABH Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering EHPS if equipped EHPS uses an electromotor to assist you in steering the vehicle It senses the vehi cle speed and road condition If the engine is off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal
19. This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the SRS air bag warning light 8 does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer D150303AEN Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but with out the assistance of the anti lock brake system Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distri bution EBD system warning light If these two warning lights OJQ BRAKE illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is o
20. To open the glove box push the button 2 and the glove box will automatically open 3 Close the glove box after use Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time i OBH048114 D270300AUN Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES WARNING e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does not pop out within 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating N CAUTION a Only a genuine HYUNDAI lighter D280100ABH should be used in the cigarette D280200ABH lighter socket The use of plug in Cigarette lighter accessories shavers hand held ec For the cigarette lighter to work the igni vacuums and coffee pots etc may tion switch must be in the ACC position damage the socket or cause electri A WARNING Ashtray use or the ON position cal failure e Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays To open the cover push the cover for as waste receptacles ward Putting lit cigarettes or matches in To use the cigarette lighter push it all the an ashtray with other combustible way into its socket When the element materials may cause a fire has heated the lighter will pop out to the his y Posen To open the cover push the cov
21. and the weight of the cargo being carried Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Driving your vehicle Towing capacity R1 090003 5 Determine the combined weight of We do not recommend using this Steps For Determining Correct Load luggage and cargo being loaded vehicle for trailer towing Limit on the vehicle That weight may 1 Locate the statement The com not safely exceed the available Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants ee gq sss e e e e e bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine
22. body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and pro cedures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle C041300ABH Additi
23. child in the child restraint Do not place anything around the lower anchors Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the child seat latch and LATCH anchor during the installation 4 WARNING If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being seriously injured or killed in a colli sion greatly increases WARNING LATCH lower anchors LATCH lower anchors are only to be used with the left and right rear outboard seating positions Never attempt
24. detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Safety features of your vehicle OBH038058 inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflat ed air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit Frontal air bags are not designed to Front air bags may not inflate in side 22 OBH038059L impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehicle speed and angles of impact OBHO038060 e In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle IND EAN L OBH038061 Jusi before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions
25. e Check coolant level in coolant reser voir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires Maintenance n G030102ABH While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle e Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road e When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transmission occurs check the transmission fluid level e Check automatic transmission P Park function e Check parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal G030103AUN At least monthly e Check coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare G030104AUN At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall e Check radiator heater and air condi tioning hoses for leaks or damag
26. ed the most recent set speed will auto matically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 6 mph 10 km h when the sensor detects the vehicle ahead or if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 19 mph 30 km h when there is no vehi cle in front of your vehicle x NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES switch to resume the speed Driving your vehicle OBH058020 E150700ABH To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the engine off Both of these actions cancel smart cruise control operation If you want to resume smart cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise con trol speed on the previous page OBH058024 E150800ABH To set vehicle to vehicle distance This function allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a following distance to the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator pedal or brake pedal The vehicle to vehicle distance will auto matically activate when the smart cruise control system is on Select the appropriate distance accord ing to road conditions and vehicle speed Each time the button is pressed the vehi cle to vehicle distance changes as fol lows Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Ti For
27. front passenger seat is occupied the occupant classification sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and ask the passen ger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position for about 30 seconds This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Do not modify or replace the front Continued e Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI A WARNING e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant clas sification system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indi cator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occu pied by an
28. loss of vehicle control e Replace tires that are worn show uneven wear or are damaged Worn tires can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too little or too much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tire failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the spare if moving from radial to bias ply tires Continued Continued e Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident e Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control e The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Maintenance MR G200601 AUN Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provide
29. lt Type I Type II Average speed OBH048056N ECO Driving ON OFF if equipped Distance to Empty 223mi 223 mil D tance to Empty OBH042057N Distance to empty mi or km This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 miles 50 km will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 30 to 990 miles 50 to 990 km DISP Button Press the DISP button to change between modes AV information if equipped Turn by turn navigation if equipped Features of your vehicle Type I Type II Average Speed 80MPH OBH042059N Average speed MPH or km h This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed is calculated while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero If the ignition switch is turned to OFF for more than 2 hours it will be reset automatically Type I Type II Elapsed Time O lt gt 34 56 34 56 Elapsed Time OBH042060L Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is no
30. mounting screw belt cover anchor 4 Remove the rear pillar trim Tightening torque 39 2 53 9 N m 4 0 5 5 kgf m 28 9 39 8 lb ft Maintenance OVIO71136N OVIO71137N 7 Loosen the mounting screws then 3 Replace the high mounted stop G220500AEN remove the package tray trim light License plate light bulb replace 1 Remove the high mounted stop lamp ment after removing screws 1 Loosen the lens retaining screws with 2 Install a new light a philips head screwdriver 2 Remove the lens 4 Installation 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight Installation is the reverse of removal out 4 Install a new bulb 5 Reinstall the lens securely with the lens retaining screws l ec es ees fe a DEA ee Maintenance OBH048086 G220900ABH Door courtesy lamp bulb replace ment If the light is not operating have the vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Luggage lamp if equi pped d G220600BBH Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place 5 If the map lamp and room lamp are not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens ta
31. parking brake the brake system warning FM HD 02 Hi Radio m 108 9 kHz P 0 OBH042353L OBH042350L light should go off The fuel warning light AV information if equipped Turn by turn navigation if equipped will stay on if the fuel level is low This mode displays the state of the AV This mode displays the information of the RADIO CD USB AUX etc navigation ABT tl Features of your vehicle ECO indicator if equipped ECO The ECO indicator light helps that you to drive economically It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently to help you improve fuel efficiency e The ECO indicator green will turn on when you are driving fuel efficiently in the ECO Driving ON mode lf you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO Driving ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the DISP button or the RESET button As per ECO Driving ON OFF mode operation refer to the previous page The fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road conditions e The ECO indicator will not display if the condition doesn t meet economical driving such as P Park N Neutral R Reverse or sports mode e While the instant fuel consumption mode is displayed on the LCD screen the ECO indicator turns off if equipped D150302ABH Air bag warning light This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion
32. ple level If you run out of fuel it could vet gauge Ea l cause the engine to misfire and The fuel gauge indicates the approxi result in excessive loading of the mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel catalytic converter tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is near empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank Features of your vehicle Type I Type II Type I Type II opo 123456 mi TRIP A 123 mi A 123456 mi EA 123m OBH048053N OBH042055N OBH042054N TRIP Button Odometer mi or km Tripmeter mi or km Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec The odometer indicates the total dis TRIP A Tripmeter A ond to select tripmeter function as fol tance the vehicle has been driven TRIP B Tripmeter B lows You will also find the odometer useful to This mode indicates the distance of indi determine when periodic maintenance vidual trips selected since the last trip TRPA e should be performed meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 miles 0 0 to 999 9 km Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 y TRIP B Features of your vehicle Distance to empty
33. polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction G201005AUN 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure G201006AUN 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire G2010007AEN EU 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREAD wear 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differ
34. release all the way have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer el Drivin our vehicle A WARNING To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely posi tioned in P Park Never allow anyone who is unfa miliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake If the parking brake is released unintentionally serious injury may occur All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadver tent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestri ans OC BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 OBH052019 El
35. s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued e If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart Key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices J CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or other liquids it will not be covered by your manu facturer s vehicle warranty This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle i OBH048016 D040600ABH Trunk lock system The trunk lid control button located in the vehicle glove box is used to prevent unauthorized access to the trunk OTG0400
36. show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both engine coolant and engine oil i A Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine eea OBH0280 ee mAT o
37. such as Ni Cd and so on These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals OBH048137N D300200AEN Steering wheel audio control The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously we ee ee ee eee gq sss e e e e e e Features of your vehicle D300204ABH VOLUME 1 e Press the up button to increase volume e Press the down button decrease volume V to D300203AEN SEEK PRESET 2 If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 0 8 second or more it will work as fol lows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button It will SEEK until you release the button CD player mode It will function as the FF REW button CD changer mode It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CD player mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CD changer mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is included in the following pages in this section D300205ABH MODE 3 Press the MODE button to select Radio CD Compact Disc or CDC Compact Disc Changer if equipped D300205AEN MUTE 4 if equipped e Press the MUTE button to cancel
38. switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle OBH058021 EO90300ABH EU To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain e Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the SET switch is operated in this manner E090400ABH To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator If you press the SET switch at increased speed the cruising speed will be set again OBH058023 EO90500ABH To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Press the brake pedal e Shift the shift lever into N Neutral e Press the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 20 mph 82 km h Driving your veh
39. the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your car is equipped with snow tires Maintenance Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the drive wheels rear wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s Instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radial ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying Capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combinations of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously dete riorate vehicle handling The best rule to follow is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply ti
40. touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Continued Continued Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle C020300AUN EU Seat belt precautions C020306AUN EU Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific require ments in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more infor mation about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section x NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal
41. will play the first song in the folder e Press FOLDER A button parent fold er and displays the first song in the fold er Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder MP3 only i ed Features of your vehicle 10 CD Indicator When the ignition switch is in ACC or ON and if the CD is loaded this indicator icon is on If the CD is ejected the icon is off 11 CD Slot Insert CD with printed side upward and gently push in When the ignition switch is on ACC or ON and power is off power is automatically turned on if the CD is loaded This CDP supports 12 cm CDs But if a VCD Data CD or DVD are loaded Media Error message will appear CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disc
42. AIR BAG warning light to illuminate Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG l OBH038070N C040300ABH Occupant classification system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant classification system in the front passenger s seat The occupant classification system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant classifica tion system Main components of occupant classification system e A detection device located under the front passenger seat cushion Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag sys tems both front and side should be activated or deactivated A warning light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASS AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated e The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant classification system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASS AIR BAG OFF indica tor will be turned off and the front pas senger s air
43. CAUTION Battery cables If you jump start the discharged battery in the trunk compartment do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid Connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to a solid stationary or metallic point away from the dis charged battery 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery 6 Let the discharged battery run for at least 20 minutes either by engine idling or by driving before you turn it off else the discharged battery may not be recharged enough to restart the car If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer F040200BBH EU Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic trans mission cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting i i What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS FOS0000ABH 4 Check to see if the water pump drive 6 lf you cannot find the cause of the If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this hap pens you should
44. DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING CAUTION and NOTICE These titles indicate the following CAUTION This indicates that a situation may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution X NOTICE This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided F3 F4 FOREWORD Thank you for choosing Hyundai We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive Hyundais The advanced engineering and high quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we re very proud Your Owner s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai It is suggested that you read it care fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal er Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high quality service maintenance and any other assistance that may be required HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA Note Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual if you sell this Hyundai please leave the man ual in the vehicle for their use Thank you A CAUTION Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants t
45. ERTE 4 3 Warning on the LCD screen s s sssssssssessereusinsseanaeens 4 68 Instrument panel overview seseeeeererereeeesreereeseeeesseeresseees 2 3 L Interior features e ssseeeeseeseeeseeseesssseseessssssssssessseno 4 106 Ashtray E T 4 106 Lane departure warning system LDN OR ee 5 51 AUX USB and iPod port seeeesererrereeessssssssseeesesees 4 113 Light bulb aeee aE 7 60 Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free lt 4 114 Headlight position light turn signal light side marker Cigarette lighter ss sssssessessssensssrovecosneaescsassasoeoainans 4 106 light and front fog light bulb replacement 7 60 Clothes hanger misrin a a 4 111 High mounted stop light replacement 7 63 Cup holder s ssssssosssssnessnsssosssvovssotensanssseniavevevoesneass 4 107 Interior light bulb replacement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 68 Digital Clock s ssssersovevesssssssssssevesssssosnsuaaeseeavevensanans 4 109 License plate light bulb replacement ereere 7 67 DIS Driver Information System etere 4 114 Door courtesy lamp bulb replacement 7 68 Floor Tia anchors lt crstrenseveccetasinnearsnninnicxtrernciarantigess 4 111 Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 62 Luggage net holder s ssssrsessrerssssnsesesesaresesoasans 4 112 Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 62 Navigation SYS EM veeseseeseeseseeeseseeseeesseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeees 4 113 Lighting E A Whada sea
46. Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on X NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below button to There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following sec tion Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zone setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will ap
47. Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance OBH038053 C040801AEN Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle Although the drivers and front passen ger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully OBH038057 on unimproved roads or on surfaces not 040802AEN designed for vehicle traffic to prevent jj bag non inflation conditions UNIMENCEC AFDAT COPIONE e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts y ie 47 Wes in such collisions ALA A ME 08H031055N Side impact and curtain air bags Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is
48. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle C020301AUN Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Check belt fit periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be retu
49. NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above Features of your vehicle FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NVS is a re
50. NOTICE If you set the vehicle to key Activates Alarm in the INFO menu of DIS Driver Information System if equipped the system can also be armed by locking the doors with the key from the front doors however the hazard warning lights will not blink using this method Detailed information is described in the DIS manual supplied separately Features of your vehicle Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leave the vehicle If any door or trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system is disarmed to prevent an unnecessary alarm D030200ABH EU Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds and the alarm will repeat once more unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors with the ignition key or transmitter D020106ABH Opening the trunk with the alarm armed if equipped When the alarm is armed the alarm will not sound if the trunk lid is opened wit
51. Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation OBH040004 D020300BBH Battery replacement The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat tery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For replacement transmitters see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for transmit ter reprogramming CAUTION The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM Armed Vl oa AN Disarmed stage D030000AEN This system is designed to prov
52. RECEPTION CD Changer PA760BH 1 SEEK UP DOWN Button 2 SCAN Button O 3 INFO Button 4 PRESET Buttons 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button BH_PA760BH_HD_RADIO Features of your vehicle HD RADIO INFORMATION Licensing information H Radio HD Radio Technology is Manufactured Under License From iBiquity Digital Corporation U S and Foreign Patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation Availability information HD Radio reception is available in the United States including Alaska and Hawaii What is HD Radio technology The vehicle audio system if equipped is able to receive standard analog FM AM radio broadcasting as well as digital HD Radio FM AM broadcasting HD Radio technology provides digital and analog reception using existing FM and AM broadcasting frequencies Currently radio stations broadcasting an HD Radio signal are operating in a hybrid mode of both analog and digital in order to reach both receivers In both modes analog and digital the broadcast ed program contents are the same except during multicasting see below Eventually as analog receivers are replaced by digital ones radio stations may be able to turn off their analog broadcasting and use only the digital broadcasting Multicasting HD Radio FM stations are able to broad cast multiple digital program streams channe
53. The warning lights will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure posi tion telltale Supplemental indicates which tire is significantly under inflated by illumi nating the corresponding position light You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning lights illumi nate while driving reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard Features of your vehicle D150332AEN TPMS Tire Pressure TPMS Monitoring System malfunction indicator if equipped The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the warn ing light does not come on or remains on after 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The warning light also comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this happens the system may not mon itor the tire pressure Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible For more information about the TPMS refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System i
54. Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Features of your vehicle x NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch The engine may not start because the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from trans mitting normally NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer J CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur J CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept
55. and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Maintenance 5 5 eae x 5 5 OBH078040 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated X NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced A CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance P e aN b adk a a An OEN076053 G200600ABH Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tire failure or
56. any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation el Features of your vehicle SMART KEY OTG040001 D040000ABH With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and trunk and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section D040100ABH Smart key functions With the smart key you can lock and unlock the vehicle doors and trunk and the smart key enables starting of the engine as well Detailed information fol lows OBH048002 D040101ABH Locking Pressing the button in the front outside door handles with all doors and trunk closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and trunk The hazard warn ing lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has been locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Features of your vehicle Even though you press the outside door handle buttons the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ignition switch is in ACC or ON position e Any door except the t
57. as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can Cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000ABH This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s specifications and the certifica tion label E160100AUN Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment E160200AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment E160
58. as your Original tires Never operate the vehicle with dif ferent diameter tires installed at the same time E070504ABH EU ESC OFF usage When driving e ESC should be turned on for daily driv ing whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control X NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle EO70600BFD Good braking practices After parking the vehicle check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the car is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the car to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the car under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance Do not coast down hills with the car
59. be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle USB CD Changer PA760BH 1 RANDOM Button 2 REPEAT Button 3 USB Button 4 TRACK Button 5 SCAN Button 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 7 INFO Button 8 FOLDER Button BH_PA760BH_USB Features of your vehicle Using USB device Using a USB that is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console on the right hand side of the driver s seat 1 RANDOM Button Turns on off the randomization of the play list of files in the currently played folder Press the button for more than 0 8 second to randomly play the entire songs in the USB device To cancel the mode press the button once again 2 REPEAT Button Repeats current song when the button is pressed for less than 0 8 second Repeats the entire folder when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer 3 USB Button If USB device is connected it switches to the USB mode
60. be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you e Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds e On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally e The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an Icy road and operate your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart t
61. become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface It may become a dangerous pro jectile and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates B240B05L be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light 2 does not illumi nate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately Inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS
62. causes of corrosion on your car are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the Car e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois ture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your car clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the car To help pre
63. country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS A030000BUN No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of operation Introduction Introduction PR VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS A040000AFD This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main pur pose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hit ting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehi cle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehi cle is designed to record such data as e How
64. defog ging status x NOTICE e If the A C off or recirculated air posi tion is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual operation is canceled e If the air quality system AQS is selected while the auto defogging sys tem is operating at the step 1 outside air position the recirculated air posi tion may operate when the outside air is polluted CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty ee gq sss e e e e e e e e Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENTS D270000AUN These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartments Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely D270100ABH Center console storage These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger To open the center console storage push the button 1 or 2 D270200ABH Glove box The glove box can be locked and unlocked with a master key or the mechanical key of the smart key 1
65. disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology inter face The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capa bility such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system iPod DEVICE The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable provided by Apple may cause malfunction and should not be used for HYUNDAI vehicles The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your HYUNDAI Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the
66. displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press the FOLDER button main folder and displays the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder MP3 only ee Features of your vehicle iPod CD Changer PA760BH 1 RANDOM Button z 2 REPEAT Button 3 iPod Button 4 TRACK Button 5 Category Button 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button O 7 INFO Button iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc BH_PA760BH_iPod Features of your vehicle Using iPod Using an iPod when the exclusive cable is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console on the right hand side of the driver s seat 1 RANDOM Button Press the button for less than 0 8 second to activate or deactivate the random play back of the songs within the current cat egory Press the button for longer than 0 8 second to randomly play all songs in the entire album of the iPod Press the button once again to cancel the mode 2 REPEAT Button Repeats the song currently played 3 iPod Button If an iPod is connected the system switches to the iPod mode to play the song files stored in the iPod 4 TRACK Button Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the current song Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again with in 1 seconds to play the previous song P
67. driven for less than 1 mile 1 6km in that 3 hour period CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors In order to correctly monitor tire inflation the 4 tire pres sure monitoring sensors should be exactly fitted to each of the 4 driven wheels There should not be any other sensors in the vehicle includ ing in the spare tire as this may cause the system to incorrectly monitor tire infla tion What to do in an emergency This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE FO70101AUN Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Continued Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death No person should place any port
68. driving in the daylight here Finish braking before entering a turn are some important tips to remember while the vehicle is still travelling in a e Slow down and keep more distance Straight line Ideally corners should between you and other vehicles as it always be taken under gentle accelera may be more difficult to see at night tion If you follow these suggestions tire especially in areas where there may wear will be held to a minimum not be any street lights Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights e Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Headlight operation when using windshield wipers is mandatory in some states Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness if Si i hh A a a k rd se OBH058037L E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dan gerous especially if you re not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance need ed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they
69. el Drivin our vehicle E070502AUN EU ESC operation off ESC OFF state ESC OFF e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light illu minates e If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again E ESC indicator light blinks ESC E ESC OFF indicator light comes on ESC OFF E070503BBH EU Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the ESC indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating nor mally The ESC indicator stays on when the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deac tivated E ESC warning light comes on ESC E070505ABH EU Warning light If this warning light illuminates your vehi cle may have a malfunction with the ESC system When this warning light illumi nates EPB and SCC warning light may also illuminate at the same time Have the vehicle checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi ble Driving your vehicle CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size
70. face The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capa bility such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your HYUNDAI Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Detachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX o 4 aa When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals When disconnecting the iPod disconnect both the USB AUX ter minal The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle XM Satellite Radio CD Player PA710BH 1 XM Button 2 SEEK Button 3 SCAN Button 4 PRESET Buttons 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Butt
71. features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system m Bluetooth Wireless Technology Language Setting The system language can be changed by the following steps 1 Power on the audio system with the volume set to an audible level 2 Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio displays Please Wait The Bluetooth Wireless Technology system will reply in currently selected language that it is changing to the next language System language cycles between English Canadian French and US Spanish 3 When completed the audio display returns to normal 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan guage selection x NOTICE The phone needs to be paired again after changing system language e Avoid resting your thumb or finger on the as the language could unin tentionally change kt ced Features of your vehicle E Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth Wireless Technology System can be activated in the follow ing conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response e The system can recognize single digits
72. function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door in that order With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed smart key turns off the engine per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is set to ON or AUTO position and all doors and trunk are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or the smart key the headlights will come on for about 15 seconds At this time if you press the door lock button the head lights will turn off immediately D190200ABH Headlight escort function if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON the headlights and or tail lights remain on for about 20 minutes However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning the light switch t
73. gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov HO90000AEN Any claim or dispute you may have relat ed to your vehicle s warranty or the duties contemplated under the warranty includ ing claims related to the refund or partial refund of your vehicle s purchase price excluding personal injury or product lia bility claims shall be resolved by binding arbitration Binding arbitration shall be administered by and through the American Arbitration Association AAA You will not be responsible for paying fil ing and hearing fees above 275 00 All other arbitration costs shall be borne by Hyundai Motor America You are not responsible to pay any of the costs Hyundai incurs This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall not deprive you of any remedies avail able to you under applicable law The parties are waiving their right to seek remedies in court including the right to a jury trial This Binding Arbitration Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the Federal Arbitration Act 9 U S C sec tions 1 16 Judgment upon any award may be entered in any court having juris diction You may revoke this Arbitration Agreement by 1 written notice or 2 electronic notice Written notice must be delivered via certified mail to Hyundai Motor America Attn Consumer Affairs
74. humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance Features of your vehicle e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale After sufficient cooling has been achieved switch back from the recircu lated air to the fresh outside air posi tion e During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Outside air Blower Heater core Climate control Evaporator air filter RE 1LDA5047 D230300AEN Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other polluta
75. iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device e When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly pc ee en eee eee eee pee ee en ee ee eee ey Detachable USB AUX All in one USB AUX CE H aa e When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals e When disconnecting the iPod disconnect both the USB AUX ter minal e The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle XM Satellite Radio CD Changer PA760BH 1 XM Button 2 SEEK Button 3 SCAN Button 4 PRESET Buttons 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 6 INFO Button 7 CAT FOLDER Button BH_PA760BH_XM RADIO Features of your vehicle Using XM Satellite Radio 1 XM Button Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode XM mode toggles in order to XM1XM2 XM3 XM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 SEEK Button e Press the SEEK V button for less than 0 8 second to select previous channel e Press the SEEK V button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to continuously move to previous channel e Press the SEEK button for less than 0 8 second to select next channel e Press the SEEK button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to continuously move to next channel e Radio ID Seek or Tune to XM channel 0
76. impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts i E pn i E 2 a ea ee a ee y Po i F J l t j p f TO d i ya a i 4 yog l 4 i i a N F ii a T a j l J oP i fo i OBH032032 0BH038033 O0BH032034L OBH032035 OBH038036 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor front 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side impact sensor rear if equipped Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor A WARNING e Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B and C pil lars where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions
77. imum comfort and safety The height of the seat belt should not be too near your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoul der nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position Safety features of your vehicle C020106ABH Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manual
78. in English Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized Hyundai Dealerships Genuine Hyunpai Parts 28511 33361 MANIFOLD EXHAUST 1 PC LK MADEIN KOREA PUI A A100A02L A100A03L A100A04L F5 Introduction a Your vehicle at a glance 2a Safety features of your vehicle 3 Features of your vehicle 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS ee ee eee 5 What to do in an emergency 6 7 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects oe index O O Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction E HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A010000AHM We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents A good place to start is the index it has an alpha betical listing of all infor
79. into the holes while press ing the release button 2 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Rear center seat headrest You can fold the rear center seat s head rest by pressing the upper part of the headrest while pushing the button 1 To use the headrest pull up the upper part of the headrest A WARNING Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when properly adjust ed WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to proper ly protects the occupants A WARNING Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests folded as severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may pro vide protection against severe neck injuries when properly adjusted 93 0BH031017N 7 C010304ABH EU Carrying long narrow cargo 0 if equipped Armrest Pull the armrest down using the strap The armrest is located in the center of provided on the armrest Pull the cover the rear seat Pull the armrest down by down while pushing the release lever using the strap 1 provided on the arm down Additional cargo space is provided rest to accommodate long narrow cargo You will find cup holders on the armrest Skis poles lumber etc not able to fit properly in the trunk when closed Safety features of your vehicle CAUT
80. is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS IF EQUIPPED 1 TPM oy d o A A E ls 40 Eg Low Pressure Low Tire Pressure l3 09 BH 32L 1 TPMS Malfunction Indicator 2 Low Tire Pressure Telltale 3 Low Tire Pressure Position Telltale if equipped FO60000ABH Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling an
81. is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed With smart key If the drivers door is opened while the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC or the smart key is in the smart key holder with the engine start stop button in OFF the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the smart key is removed from the smart key holder or the drivers door is closed Features of your vehicle D150332ABH EPB Electric Parking Brake malfunction indica tor if equipped The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximate ly 3 seconds If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position the Electric Parking Brake is not working properly If it comes on while driving the EPB is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked The EPB malfunction indicator may illu minate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly but if this occurs it does not indi cate malfunction of the EPB D150333ABH AUTO HOLD indicator
82. latched the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of visibility which might result in an accident Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position as vision is obstructed and the hood could fall or be damaged Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID D100200AUN Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed D100300ABH EU 44 WARNING Refueling e If pressurized fuel sprays out it OBH048027 OBH048028 D100100AUN 1 Stop the engine Opening the fuel filler lid 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel S ee are Cee The fuel filler lid must be opened from filler lid opener button of fire and burns Always remove inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully the fuel cap carefully and slowly filler lid opener button located on the dri open If the cap is venting fuel or if you vers door 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank hear a hissing sound wait until cap 2 counterclockwise the condition stops before com NOTICE 5 Refuel as needed pletely removing the cap If the fuel filler lid will not open because Do not top off after the nozzle ice has formed around it tap lightly or automatically shuts off when push on the lid
83. lost The main line will show the message No HD signal in place of station name After approximately one minute with the digital signal lost the system will auto matically tune to the analog signal of the corresponding frequency Text based information HD Radio stations are able to broad cast text based information e g station name song title and artist name The Driver Information System is able to dis play this information Radio display while receiving a digital HD Radio 1 Call Sign Station Name 2 Channel Name HD1 main channel HD2 8 sub channel 3 Indicator for HD Radio Features of your vehicle 1 SEEK UP DOWN Button Press this button to automatically select previous or next station HD HD2 HD8 107 8MHz 2 SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta tions on the frequency band but not scanned HD Radio signals When you press this button again you can receive the broadcasting that you choose 3 INFO Button Shows details of the currently tuned HD Radio station Showing the artist name song title x NOTICE The information displaying time may vary depending on radio environment and broadcast program content length approximately10 seconds 4 PRESET Buttons e Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the channel saved in each button e Push preset button for 0 8 second or longer to save current channel to the respective button with a b
84. m Phone Setup All Bluetooth Wireless Technology relat ed operations can be performed by voice command or by manual operation e By Voice Command Press button on the steering wheel to activate voice recognition e By manual operation Push the TUNE SETUP knob to enter SETUP mode Select BLUETOOTH item by rotating the TUNE SETUP knob then push the knob e Pairing phone Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology features the phone must be paired registered to the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired in the sys tem X NOTICE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio sys tem refer Deleting Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Need to confirm if pairing can be done by voice Need to confirm which sys tem can paired by voice CDC CDP 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up The system replies with available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard 3 Say Pair Phone 4 Say Yes to proceed 5 Say the name of your phone when prompted Use any name to uniquely describe your phone Use Full name to voice tag Do not use a shor
85. must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of discs If the temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for ventila tion before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue discs onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure nothing other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally depending upon manufactur ing companies or processes and recording methods In such circum stances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the mal function of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protecte
86. on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied and illumination of the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator Safety features of your vehicle 4A WARNING If the occupant classification sys tem is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant classification system If there is a malfunction of the occupant classi fication system the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator will illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will not deploy in frontal impact crashes even if there is occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approxi mately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the occu pant classification system and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Driver s front air bag C040400BBH EU Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and the lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pa
87. on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary 10 el Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary meso jo ee prs as os os wa rad wf eo pescnirrion feroveren coo ar oe a o fe e a wo vs wo ae a worms fo fe lelmlal l fol a m r m o o o wal re a GENERAL ITEMS At first inspect the drive belt at 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 72 months 1 DRIVE BELT after that inspect it 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months At first replace the coolant at 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 120 months 2 COOLANT after that replace it every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID No check No service required ene et ey fT tT ee erson et E Foros nes tt bt ttt tte tt tpt ee e ER E 3 4 5 7 REAR eene OBOPROS es a A a E E PARKING BRAKE EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER a fad eo One Pee S S S s 1 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 2 When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage 3 Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid Refer to Rec
88. on the right hand side of the driver s seat 1 RANDOM Button Press the button for less than 0 8 second to activate or deactivate the random play back of the songs within the current cat egory Press the button for longer than 0 8 second to randomly play all songs in the entire album of the iPod Press the button once again to cancel the mode 2 REPEAT Button Repeats the song currently played 3 iPod Button If an iPod is connected the system switches to the iPod mode to play the song files stored in the iPod 4 TRACK Button Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of the current song Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again with in 1 seconds to play the previous song Press the TRACK V button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song Press the TRACK button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 CATEGORY Button Press CAT FOLDER A V button to move the category and display the first song in the category Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the category displayed It will play the first song in the folder PLAYLISTS ARTISTS gt ALBUMS GENRES SONGS gt COMPOSERS PLAYLISTS 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this butt
89. speed sound search of current song 5 SCAN Button Play first 10 seconds of each song in the folder To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display songs after the current song Also turn this button counterclockwise to display songs before the current song To listen to the displayed song press the button to skip to the song and play 7 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in order of FILE TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL Play Screen FILE when the button is pressed each time 8 FOLDER Button e Press FOLDER V button sub folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press FOLDER button main folder and displays the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder MP3 only el Features of your vehicle iPod CD Player PA710BH 1 RANDOM Button 2 REPEAT Button 0 3 iPod Button 4 TRACK Button 5 CATEGORY Button 2 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button O 7 INFO Button iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc BH_PA710BH_iPod Features of your vehicle Using iPod Using an iPod when the exclusive cable is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console
90. stop but NOTICE l ton When you turn off the engine the vehi cle should be stopped Whenever the front door is opened the engine start stop button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed i E Driving your vehicle E030202ABH EU ACC Accessory Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The electrical accessories are operative If you leave the engine start stop button in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the battery power will turn off automati cally to prevent the battery from dis charging E030203AHM ON Press the engine start stop button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ON position if the engine is not run ning to prevent battery discharge E030704ABH START To start the engine press the brake pedal and press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position X NOTICE e If you press the engine start stop but ton without depressing the brake pedal the engine does not start and the engine start stop button changes as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF If you leave the engine start stop but ton in the ACC or
91. the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored If you do not focus on driving it may cause an accident Be care ful when operating controls such as the audio or heater It is the responsibility of the driver to always be attentive to the task of driving and drive safely KEY FOR CANADA OBH058001 E030100AEN Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will be illuminated for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 sec onds when the door is closed OUN036002 Ignition switch position E030201ABH LOCK The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position Driving your vehicle E030202ABH ACC Accessory The electrical accessories are operative E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge E030204AUN START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank un
92. the sound e Press the MUTE button again to acti vate the sound FM radio reception JBMo01 D300800AEN EU How car audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area Features of your vehicle AM radio receptionreception JBMO002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM radio station Mountains B JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short
93. the wiper arm 2 i el Maintenance BATTERY G190100BBH EU For best battery service The battery is in the trunk e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda 44 WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention Continued Continued If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dis
94. the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer With smart key system if equipped If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or the light goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position the indicator will illuminate until the engine is started However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the engine start stop but ton is depressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be able to start the engine e When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and the indicator turns off after 2 seconds the system may have a problem Have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e When the battery is weak if the engine start stop button is depressed the indi cator will blink and you will not be able to start the engine However you may still be able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator blinks el Features of your vehicle D150318AUN Low fuel level warning light This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause th
95. the ON position for a long time the battery will be dis charged E030205ABH EU A WARNING e Never press the engine start stop button while the vehicle is in motion This would result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brakes which may lead to loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident Continued Continued e Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sud den vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Never reach for the engine start stop button or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an accident Driving your vehicle Starting the engine E040000ABH J CAUTION If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the engine start stop button in an attempt to restart the engine E04
96. the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior lf you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING E020100AUN E020200AUN Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections e Be sure that all windows outside mir Fluid levels such as engine oil engine ror s and outside lights are clean coolant brake fluid and washer fluid e Check the condition of the tires should be checked on a regular basis Check under the vehicle for any sign of with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up i Driving your vehicle EO20300AUN Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignitio
97. the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Co
98. the smart cruise con trol During uphill or downhill driving the smart cruise control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed Also the vehicle speed will slow down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brakes or accel erator pedal if necessary e A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot be rec ognized by the sensor until it is in the sensor s detection range The sensor may not detect immediate ly when a vehicle cuts in suddenly Always pay attention to the traffic road and driving conditions If a vehicle which moves into your lane is slower than your vehicle your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead If a vehicle which moves into your lane is faster than your vehicle your vehicle will accelerate to the selected speed Driving your vehicle OBH058046 E150904ABH Vehicle recognition Some vehicles ahead in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor as follows Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles Vehicles offset to one side Slow moving vehicles or sudden decel erating vehicles Stopped vehicles Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs When the vehicle is pointing upwards due
99. the vehicle speed as well as the distance to the vehicle ahead by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal e Always check the road conditions Do not rely on the warning chime CAUTION The warning chime sounds and malfunction indicator blinks if it is hard to maintain the selected distance to the vehicle ahead If the warning chime sounds actively adjust the vehicle speed as well as the distance to the vehicle ahead by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal Even if the warning chime is not activated always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occur ring OBH052027 E150803ABH Sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead The sensor detects distance to the vehi cle ahead If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter the vehicle to vehicle dis tance control may not operate correctly Always keep the sensor clean OBH059071N OBH049344 Sensor malfunction indicator If the sensor or cover is dirty or obscured with foreign matter such as snow the indicator will illuminate Clean the sensor by using a soft cloth Driving your vehicle OBH049345 SCC Smart cruise control malfunc tion indicator The warning light illuminates when the vehicle to vehicle distance control sys tem is not functioning normally Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked CAUTION e Do not install accessorie
100. the wheel cap by fitting the boss of the wheel cap in the groove of the wheel hitting the center of the wheel cap with your hand If equipped If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations N CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized HYUNDAI dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare
101. to become warm or hot selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually If the 7 position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle OBH049104 D250202AEN EU To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the Y position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed D250300AUN EU Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as lt 3 or WY position To cancel or return the defog ging logic perform the following steps BH048105 D250302AUN 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defrost position pressing defrost button W 3 While holding the air conditioning but ton A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator on the air intake control button blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the system resets to the pre programmed defogging logic Features of your vehic
102. to break the ice and refueling release the lid Do not pry on the lid If Tighten the cap until it clicks one necessary spray around the lid with an time otherwise the Malfunction approved de icer fluid do not use radi Indicator Light will illuminate ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a Always check that the fuel cap is warm place and allow the ice to melt installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an acci dent 4 28 Features of your vehicle WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facility Before refueling note the loca tion of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric poly ester satin nylon etc capable of producing static electricity Static electricity discha
103. to display the Radio ID 3 SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all channels To cancel the scan mode press the button once again 4 PRESET Buttons Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the channel saved in each button Push pre set button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to save the current channel to the respective button with a beep 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display channels after Also turn this button counterclockwise to display channels before current channel XM setup mode It will be able to change the XM display ex Display by category channel or artist song title 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the current channel in the order of Artist Song title Category Channel nameCurrent Play Channel Artist Song titleCategory Cha nnel name when the button is pressed each time If the complete text information is not dis played rotate the tune button to see the next page 7 CAT FOLDER Button e Press CAT V button to search previ ous category e Press CAT A button to search next category To listen to the displayed category press the TUNE SETUP button To scan channel in displayed category press the scan button To search channel in displayed category press seek buttons or turn the tune but ton clockwise counterclockwise CATEGORY icon will be turned on in Category mode Features of your vehicle HD RADIO
104. to overloading in the trunk When operating the steering wheel When driving to one side of the lane When driving on narrow lanes or on curves Apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary WARNING e The vehicle cannot be stopped by using the smart cruise control system If an emergency stop is neces sary you must apply the brakes Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high speed driving it may cause a serious collision The smart cruise control system can not recognize a stopped vehicle pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situa tions from occurring In front of you vehicles moving with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system s reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring Continued Driving your vehicle A CAUTION The smart cruise control system may not operate temporarily due to electrical interference Driving your vehicle LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM LDWS IF EQUIPPED A WARNING e The LDWS does not make the vehicle change lanes It is the dri ver s responsibility to always check the road conditions Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the LDWS warns you that your v
105. to prevent exhaust gas from entering the vehicle x NOTICE It should be noted that prolonged oper ation of the heating system in recircula tion mode will give rise to misting of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recircu lation mode selected may result in the air within the passenger compartment becoming excessively dry CAUTION If the windows fog up with the Recirculation or A Q S mode select ed set the air intake control to the fresh air position or A Q S control to OFF OBH048100 D240205ABH Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button The higher the fan speed is the more air is delivered Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan D240206AUN Air conditioning Push the A C button to manually turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Push the button again to turn the air con ditioning system off x NOTICE When AUTO mode and the desired tem perature has been selected the Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC will select the A C operation automatically in the background The A C button is not illuminated at all times during AUTO mode operation Features of your vehicle OBH048102 D240208AUN OFF mode Push the OFF button to turn off the air cli mate control system
106. various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and pas senger safety belts were buckled fastened eHow far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situa tion occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi tions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash loca tion are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR spe cial equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufactur er other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equip ment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER A050000ABH EU Trunk ajar warning light Door ajar warning light Malfunction indicator light 9 Seat belt warning light EPB malfunction indicator Air bag warning light gt 20 A if equipped a l Niog AUTO HOLD indicator High beam indicator aS Cruise indicator if equi
107. vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel against a stop extreme right or left turn for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 sec onds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump x NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions the steering effort will greatly increase X NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 14 F 10 C the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three min utes to warm up the fluid D130300AEN Tilt steering Telescope steering if equipped Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise the steering wheel to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges el Features of your vehicle D130301ABH Manual type To change the s
108. want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc eel Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PHEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR j TOTAL j AVANT jARRERE aa aT gy L l a NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined wisgi of occupants and cargo should never dabii Le paidi total des qooupants ef du chanement ne doi jamais depasser TIRE DOLD TIRE PRESSURE aca hisar PRESSION DES PNEUS AFROID l REAR TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PHEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR me NOMERE DE PLACES ANANT RA The combined wight of occupants and cargo should never titij dig B a tra Le poids total dies ocupants ef du chargement ne dot jarai depassar taa b TIRE SIJE COLD TIRE PRESSURE Ea posas E DES PNEUS A FROID IS a Peasissn7 BPa nei aie P225 55R17 230kPa Jip Bia Tiasg0017 420kPa G0psi m Type C TOTAL OBH052063N TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOT amp T FRONT al REAR p HOMGRE DE PLACES WANT The combined wieght of occupants and cargo should never ercesd fi Ty Le pods total des occupants ef du chargement re do jamais depasser kg ou Pl P2a550R18 220k a Kapsi OBH052065L OBH052064L TIRE AND
109. wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is diffi cult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs 11 To reinstall the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight The nuts should be installed with their tapered small diameter ends directed inward Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fin gers again 12 Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise What to do in an emergenc OBH061013 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminum alloy wheel 65 79 Ib ft 9 11 kg m ee eee ee ee ee eg srs esses What to do in an emergency 13 Reinstall
110. 0100ABH 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly When the engine start stop button is in applied the ACC or ON position if any door is 3 Place the shift lever in the P Park open the system checks for the smart position key If the smart key is not in the vehi 4 Depress the brake pedal cle the warning Key is not in vehicle 5 Press the engine start stop button will come on and if all doors are 6 In extremely cold weather below closed the chime will also sound for 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator about 5 seconds The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle engine is on i el Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Do not press the engine start stop button for more than 5 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is disconnected e When you eject the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key inward and pull it out If you pull out the smart key forcibly without pushing the smart key the smart key holder OBH058003 may be damaged and couldn t
111. 02 Trunk locking To activate the trunk lock system so that the trunk can only be opened with the mechanical key perform the following 1 Depress and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Open the glove box 3 Set the trunk lid control button to OFF position not depressed 4 Close and lock the glove box using the mechanical key NO When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet perform steps 1 to 4 above remove the mechanical key from the smart key and leave the smart key with the attendant In this manner the smart key can only be used to start the engine and operate door locks Lock release To release the trunk lock feature open the glove box with the mechanical key and set the trunk lid control button to ON position depressed In this position the trunk will open with the trunk lid release lever or smart key i el Features of your vehicle OBH048004 D040500BBH Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the smart key is not work ing properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsu
112. 090100ABH Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the gauge at the normal temperature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE if equipped Check that the fluid level is in the HOT range on the gauge If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range if equipped In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer J CAUTION e To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level e Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty e When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank Too little fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering system e The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 GO90200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for o
113. 1048035 D120000AEN A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat Outside rearview mirror and steering wheel positions with a simple button operation By saving the desired positions into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel based upon their driving preference If the bat tery is disconnected the position memo ry will be lost and the driving positions should be restored in the system Features of your vehicle D120102ABH Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting one of the control knobs for the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel while the system is recall ing the stored positions will cause the movement for that component to stop and move in the direction that the control knob is moved Other components will continue to the recalled position D120300BBH Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the steering wheel upward and driver s seat rearward auto matically so you can comfortably enter and exit the vehicle e Without smart key system It
114. 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20849 Fountain Valley CA 92728 0849 Electronic notice must be submitted at the following website address http war ranty arbitration hyundaiUSA com Notice must be received within 90 days after you purchase your vehicle Index Index A Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 35 Air bag warning label ereere seniais 3 60 Curtain air bag ee EEE 35I Driver s and passenger s front air bag eeeeereeeeeeee 3 46 Occupant classification SYSTEM De 3 4 Side impact air bag ssssssssssaveresorsussnsnenseavavavess 3 50 SRS components and functions seessssssssssessesessseseeseseo 3 38 AC EEE AE E TIA Appearance Cabe ssrersoroversensvenssssnnssoreessnsnenanssavarasees 7 69 Audio System ssssswsssvssonssonssnensassssavevorsnsenesssunssavatens 4 115 Aea T E AT 4 115 Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone operation 4 151 Hado eeen AARET 4 147 PATIOR TI ee ee ne nee ere 4 120 PNG TI Srecccrcaeneceseneecectecssaceponeeesseaeeseseeareeretenesind 4 133 Steering wheel audio control ssessesessessserasees 4 115 Automatic climate control system rrre se sseeeeeeeeeeeeeereees 4 89 Air Conditioning seise 4 96 Automatic heating and air conditioning vereers 4 90 Manual heating and air conditioning ee seers 4 9 Dae Weil seeteeseigeseadectecra E E EE 4 100 Automatic transmission sss80terseiesonsdonianssepesotrsasensasiontanses 5 11 Ignition key interlock systemi
115. 11kg m What to do in an emergency TOWING OBH06801 4L F080100ABH EU Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and tow ing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground without dol lies and the rear wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the rear wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the rear of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the front OBH068023L NOTICE When you tow the vehicle as the picture A the cable should be secured to the vehicle towing hook 1 as the picture If you use chains or cables to tie down your vehicle the angle 2 must be 45 Do not overly tighten the tie downs or the vehicle may be damaged What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the trans
116. 400AUN GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E160500AUN GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR E160600AUN GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers E160700AUN EU GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING E140000ABH We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 13 Towing 6 21 What to do in an emergency What to do in an emergenc ROAD WARNING FO10100AUN Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being m
117. 50000ABH The smart cruise control system allows Continued you to program the vehicle to maintain a e Pay particular attention to the Aj set speed so long as it is not limited by traffic When traffic is encountered the N i0 780 gt driving conditions whenever using the smart cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the smart cruise control system which may increase the vehicle will be slowed to maintain a set distance behind traffic without depress ing the accelerator or brake pedal 0 CRUISE a vehicle speed The smart cruise control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a convenience function only It is the responsi bility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead A WARNING e If the smart cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the smart cruise control can be activated unintentionally Keep the smart cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the smart cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed 100 Noreen NOTICE e During normal smart cruise control Use the smart cruise control sys tem only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the smart cruise con operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the smart cruise control will energize after app
118. 53 WAPT see E E EET 7 52 Memory fuse crrrerreeerseeeeeeeeeeereeeeeesseeeetessaeeettseeeseesanes 7 51 Ho S O Hazard warning flasher eeeeeeeeeeeersseeeeereeersssesersseeeesseeessee 4 76 Pie ee oea E E E E 3 6 3 11 AGG EAE AAE OE E A A T 4 27 How to use this manual eee ssssssssssssssssssssssesseessseessesssees 1 2 If the engine overheats serros 6 6 If the engine Hie ikiCiMme cc a ee 6 3 If you have a BICMilisxece oo ee 6 13 Changing tires aeisi 6 14 Compact spare ice ee er er 6 19 Tic ke aid CO IS cerren nE EENE 6 13 Removing and storing the spare tire eseeeee 6 14 In case of an emergency while driving eeeeetereeeereeeee 6 2 Index EE Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster eee 1 7 Interior light AE A NE TE A T E O EEA 4 85 Instrument cluster ssssssssessssssessssessesssssssessessssssseeseesssees 4 48 Interior overvjeW ERC Ce ee re re 2 2 Engine temperature gauge seeeeererereerrerrerrreeeeeereeeesees 4 51 Plc oane aa AAE E 4 52 Koo Instrument panel illumination eerten 4 50 Speedometer v s sssssssseessevererssstesnenevtsaverseoesseenanesavavavess 4 50 Ce E E E 5 5 Tachometer seeesscssrerrerissiessirisriinsodiei tingini esine 4 50 Ignition switch position E E ere err ree 55 Trip computer sieeiee aioe eunauia cea nue sere unee ous T E ET E 4 52 Starting the engine E E A ees sesessenssuness 5 6 Warning and indicators ssssssssssssssessssovesseonsssasenesas 4 57 Keys es eseescecearce sem saat ENSERES EEA
119. ABH Folding the outside rearview mirror Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button To unfold it depress the button again CAUTION In case of the electric type of out side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause the failure of the motor The ignition switch must be in the ON position for the electric outside rearview mirrors to fold The electric folding outside rearview mir ror can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the LOCK position D140202AEN Manual Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type I p8 3 EE ar u TPMS E l T K l YS 1205 a E ECO ESC oi C ores ey EPB FF o 1 Tachometer 7 LCD screen 2 Turn signal indicators 8 lt 3 Low washer fluid level warning light 3 Speedometer amp SCC sensor malfunction indicator 4 Engine temperature gauge fo AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator 5 Warning and indicator lights 9 Shift pattern indicator 6 Fuel gauge 10 SCC malfunction indicator l Charging system warning light if equipped The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages OBH042045N Features of your veh
120. AI dealer An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI s high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction GO20200AEN EU Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools x NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI deal er kt cel Maintenance ERR OWNER MAINTENANCE GO30000AEN The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehicle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level
121. AUTO if equipped HOLD If you press the AUTO HOLD switch the white AUTO HOLD indicator on the clus ter will illuminate And when you stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal the indicator changes from white to green If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator on the LCD screen lights up yellow the AUTO HOLD is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked For more information refer to AUTO HOLD in section 5 D150334ABH AFLS Adaptive Front AFLS Lighting System malfunc tion indicator if equipped If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes on the AFLS is not working properly Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine If the indicator contin uously remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Features of your vehicle D150401ABH D150402ABH D150403ABH Warning on the LCD screen Key is not detected Low key battery ereaipee ODONVRVT IM Key is not in vehicle Key is not detected Low key battery E LEJ O Key is not in vehicle Key is not detected Type I Type II Key is not in vehicle Type I Type II If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is When the smart key in the vehicle dis not detected and you push the engine charges the warning illuminates on the start stop button the warning illuminates LCD screen for 10 seconds Type II If the s
122. CENT SSS AUTOMATIC TRANSMSSIONFLUD __ EVERY ooo mes oook SC d AG OERGAI FRONT DISC BRAKEIPADS CALIPERS MOREFRequeNTy onen PARKING BRAKE Pt MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS MORE FREQUENTLY C D E F G H 1 LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL JOINT CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT ORO E EE E i PROPELLER SHAFT EVERY 7 500 MILES 12 000 KM OR 6 MONTHS SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8 km in nor E Driving in sandy areas i mal temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km in freezing temperature F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold YJ Driving over 106 mph 170 km h 7 weather K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance Eee EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS G050100AUN Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe con
123. D Button Turns to CD mode 4 TRACK Button e Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the beginning of current song Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press TRACK V button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song Press TRACK A button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song e Press TRACK button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 SCAN Button Play first 10 seconds of each song in the DISC To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 6 CD Eject Button Press button to eject the CD during CD playback This button is enabled when ignition switch is off 7 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display songs after current song Also turn this button counterclockwise to display songs before current song To listen to the displayed song press the button to skip to the song and play 8 INFO Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK or FILE in the order of DISC TITLE DISC ARTIST TRACK TITLE TRACK ARTIST TOTAL Play Screens DISC TITLE when the button is pressed each time 9 FOLDER Button e Press FOLDER V button child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It
124. Fuel filler lid release button 4 28 6 Hood release lever 4 27 7 Foot parking brake ease 5 19 8 Electric parking brake 5 20 9 Auto hold control button sei 5 25 10 Brake pedal erne 5 18 11 Accelerator pedal 0 5 6 5 9 12 Parking assist button secs 4 72 13 Lane departure warning system SWOR eer eet eee pene rere 5 51 14 ESC OFF Dutton wcrc eran oc 5 30 15 Instrument panel illumination control KOODE sce eee ener eae 4 48 16 Light control Turn signals 4 77 17 Steering wheel manual tilt or Power tilt telescope Control sees 4 37 18 Steering wheel eee 4 37 if equipped The actual vehicle may differ from the illustration OBHO012001E BO10000ABH EU Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW 1 INstrument cluster ecrin 4 48 PAB ra 8 66 ee eee E ee eee 4 38 3 Divers front air bag scence 3 46 A WipernNashe eee ree we ee 4 82 5 Ignition switch or Engine start stop DUHOMA A rete eee ETT 5 5 5 7 6 Climate control system 0 4 89 TSB ICME CN OLGS a E a 4 109 8 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 76 6 2 9 Smin Jever a e a 5 11 10 Central control panel 4 114 11 Seat warmer or Climate control seat ee 3 8 3 9 12 Passenger s front air bag 3 46 if equipped OBHO019002N BO20000ABH EU a el Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 3 8 E
125. H EU Low tire pressure tell tale g Low tire pressure posi WN tion telltale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The low tire pressure position telltale Supple mental will indicate which tire is sig nificantly under inflated by illuminat ing the corresponding position on the LCD screen if equipped If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires aS soon as pos sible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side cen ter pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the compact spare tire 6 8 What to do in an emergenc The Low Tire Pressure and Position telltale will remain on until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle X NOTICE The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perat
126. However you can still operate the mode and air intake but tons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position System operation D230501AUN Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the 8 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed D230502AEN Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 3 or 447 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position tu
127. INFO Button 9 FOLDER Button 10 LOAD Button 11 CD Slot BH_PA760BH_CDC Features of your vehicle Using CD Player 1 RANDOM Button Turns on off the randomization of the play list of files in the currently played DISC To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 2 REPEAT Button Repeats the current song when the but ton is pressed for less than 0 8 second Repeats the entire DISC when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer 3 CD Button Turns to CD mode 4 TRACK Button e Press SEEK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the beginning of current song e Press SEEK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again within 1 seconds to play the previous song e Press SEEK V button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song e Press SEEK button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song e Press SEEK A button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 SCAN Button Play first 10 seconds of each song in the DISC To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 6 CD Eject Button Press amp button for less than 0 8 second to eject the CD during CD playback All disc in the slot eject when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer This button is enabled when the ignition switch is off 7 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display s
128. ION e Make sure the engine is off the shift lever is in P and the parking brake is applied whenever loading or unloading cargo The vehicle may move if the shift lever is inadver tently moved to another position Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats ensure the cargo is properly secured to pre vent it from moving while driving Unsecured cargo in the passen ger compartment can cause dam age to the vehicle or injury to it s occupants Safety features of your vehicle Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather While the engine is running push the switch to warm the rear seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows SEER aile KIEA y eaan a a e Sity EENS SERS EAS fo e When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat warmer operating the seat warmer will turn OFF e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever engine start stop button is turned to the ON position x NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature S
129. In order for side and curtain air 4 4 oF G F J i j j q a F 3 j ar 3 l f j a i OBH031052N C040700AEN Curtain air bag bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat Continued lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to follow the above instruc Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions tions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle C040800ABH Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear
130. In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc Safety features of your vehicle e Each time you push the switch the air flow is a as follows stia MI NI I aiia K SLOW E TEAS ZAS e When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the climate con trol seat operating the climate control seat will turn OFF e The climate control seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on Z0BH038009N C010109ABH EU Climate control seat if equipped The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the drivers seat during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seatback While the engine is running push the rear portion of the switch to cool the driver s seat and push the front por tion of the switch to warm the driver s seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switch in the OFF position CAUTION e The climate control seat is a sup plementary cooling heating sys tem Use the climate control seat when the climate control system is on Using
131. LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGHEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY FRONT 2 REAR a NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 j AMANT The combined weight of cocupanis and cargo should newer enced 9 foe Ln poids total joe jamais depasser ky ou COLD TIRE PRESSURE i iam PRESSION DES PHELS AFRO FRONT Avant PZa5 50R18 2R0MPa 33pai REAR O p2as50R18 TPA Kips ARRI RE a Ea OBH052067L TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY z REAR os HOMBRE DE PLACES ARRI RE The oombened weight of occupants and cargo should mieis econ igor ga Be Ln poids total des comupants ef du changement ne deel jamais ceparse k b SIE COLDTIRE PRESSURE PNEU DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES PREUS FROID 3 a10 OBH052066L E150100AUN Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight E150101ABH Vehicle capacity weight 904 Ibs 410 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo E150102ABH Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants
132. Mirrors 4 39 Instrument cluster 4 48 Parking assist system 4 72 Rear view camera 4 76 Hazard warning flasher 4 76 Lighting 4 77 Wipers and washers 4 82 Interior light 4 85 Defroster 4 88 Automatic climate control system 4 89 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 101 Storage compartments 4 104 Interior features 4 106 Audio system 4 115 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS FOR CANADA DO010200ABH Key operations Master key Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors lock and unlock the glove box and open the trunk Sub key Used only to start the engine and lock and unlock the door OBH048226 DO010100AEN Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized HYUNDAI deal er to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle tl Features of your vehicle Bs OBH049016 DO10400ABH Trunk lock system The trunk lid control button located in the vehicle glove box is used to prevent unauthorized access to the trunk Trunk locking To activate the trunk lock system so that the trunk can only be opened with the master key perform the following 1 Open the glove box by pushing the button 1 2 Set the tru
133. N You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform this work An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac tory trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury G020100AEN EU Owner s responsibility X NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information booklet Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized HYUND
134. Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check seat belt buckles before fasten ing them over a child After an accident have an author ized HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat OBH038024 C030100AEN EU Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock und
135. OBH038010 C010108AUN EU Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and drivers seatbacks WARNING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants WARNING For proper operation of the occu pant classification system e Do not place any items cumula tively weighing over 2 2 Ibs 1 kg in the passenger s seatback pocket or on the passenger s seat Do not hang onto the front pas senger seatback Safety features of your vehicle tipat OBH038076L ae i OBH038015 Rear seat Adjusting the height up and down C010303ABH To raise the headrest pull it up to the Headrest desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 The rear seat is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occu pant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a colli sion Safety features of your vehicle BRS j OBH038016 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling upward 2 ii OBH038074L Reinstall To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 1
136. Play via Bluetooth Please refer to User s Guide of your phone for more detailed information To stop music try stop music by the phone or change audio mode to AM FM XM CD iPod etc Features of your vehicle m Key matrix Disconnected BT Icon Disconnected BT Icon off _ Connected BT Icon On No KEY Paired a Paired H P Connected TRANSFER Connected aoomin Call Outgoing Call Active Call Empty Exist BT SETUP menu g gong CALL Transfer Call Not C F E SJe sim Not Connect EBS Cel Handsfree lt gt Phone VR i EOIN MODE Cancel Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Active Active Active Active EOJNC Change Change Change Change i i 10sec language language language language STEERING 2nd call 2 E 1st Call waiting MODE KEY 2nd Call active AUDIO POWER KEY Reject Call End call End call Features of your vehicle A CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH WIRELESS Continued If the cellular phone signal is poor x NOTICE Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone compatibility can be checked by visiting 2 or the vehicles interior noise is too AONE CELLU loud it may be difficult to hear the www hyundaiusa com and under the other person s voice during a call SERVICE amp PARTS BLUETOOTH e Do not use a cellular phone or COMPATIBILITY menu perform Bluetooth Wireless rel E a ene eee e Areas that can be checked 9 areas Technology settings e g pairin
137. Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices kt el Features of your vehicle Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do
138. S SANG naar ssn E E Soaciccaronntasncbaunnnnncas 3 2 P ATOE A EA NEN EEA A 3 13 Smart cruise control SYSTEM ec 5 40 Parking TT e E teeta cepts 4 72 Smart key i T p ee T 4 6 Power steering fluid eeeeerereererrersererresresresenrenreseeseneenes 799 Special driving COnNdIMONS mererkrestesntrarenirsaeneiyerrsnrrs 5 56 Driving at night eeeeeeseereseeresesresessesessestssenessenenseseseeses 5 57 PR S l Driving in flooded areas oeeeereeeeeerereererrerrererrereeee 5 58 Driving in the rain seeeeseeresteresteresessestesrsesseseeeeseneeses 5 58 Reap view cami reee eens 4 76 Hazardous driving conditions 111111111111 5 56 ec ommended ibe canteen a E A 8 4 Highway driving EA PEE A AAE EEE E T 5 59 E E A see te eernaeies 4 11 Rocking the vehicle mese 5 56 Repent ca ye dle ooh erent ec econ 2 9 Smooth COPNET Ng eseeseseseseeseeeseseteseeenseteseneeeeseseseneesenaes 5 57 Rend N uneoaueeee ane 6 2 __ Steering wheel aiseee 4 37 EGA tose E aa hicearvicoutsilinnastacutnians orev N T A 38 Power steering E T E deatnagnearsnatoemauegmanansenaGsaiadins 4 37 Tilt steering E eae a MAEERRE Ota T 4 37 115 Index EE Storage COMPALtMEMNtS eeereeerrreeererrrrrerrrrrerrerereeerereeee 4 104 Center console IS KO 8 0 on 4 104 Clee i ke Setters ccnsanennmenasnacas E EA GA 4 104 Sunglass holder s sssssssssssosseosssrsaarsvedssvannueanssvavans 4 105 Sunroof lt ereecreereroieceesaeascedectensneune sasanronmmecerastnsnoecanrestecees 4 3 T Theft alarm SYSTEM tee
139. TENER Ar Tro nr al inajn SERA ie a r3 P pie i aTa ek Mt a z a 5 EENM al OBH038062 e Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However side impact and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags gt OBH038063 e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle C041100BBH SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light 2 does not illuminate when you turn the ignition on or continu ously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury 4A WARNING e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the
140. To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter or the smart key 3E NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of following occur The ignition key is in ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work correctly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Continued to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle This device complies with
141. VWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line 44 WARNING Over loading e Never exceed the GVWR for Continued e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts including tires on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can calculate the weight of your load by weigh ing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Be careful not to over load your vehicle Continued cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehi cle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving
142. a boundary structure The distance from vehicle ahead is very short or the vehicle ahead drives hiding the lane line The vehicle shakes heavily The lane number increases or decreases or the lane lines are cross ing Putting something on the dashboard Driving with the sun in front of you Driving in areas under construction The lane line is more than two Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AEN Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to that of the other traffic so you don t have to change speeds unneces sarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed in the highest gear appropriate for the conditions especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel co
143. a slight pulsation and driver steering input can all affect approximately 3 seconds in the vehicle This is only the whether ESC will be effective in then ESC is turned on effect of brake control and preventing a loss of control It is still your Press ihe ESC OFF button indicates nothing unusual responsibility to drive and corner at for at least half a second after e When moving out of the mud Eai o and to leave a turning the ignition ON to turn or driving on a slippery road sufficient margin of safety ESC off ESC OFF indicator the engine rom revolution When you apply your brakes under con will illuminate To turn the per minute may not be ditions which imay lock the wheels you ESC on press the ESC OFF increased even if you press may hear a tik tik sound from the button ESC OFF indicator the accelerator pedal deeply brakes or feel a corresponding sensation light will go off This is to maintain the stabili in the brake pedal This is normal and it eWhen starting the engine ty and traction of the vehicle means your ESC is active you may hear a slight ticking and does not indicate a prob sound This is the ESC per lem x NOTICE forming an automatic system A click sound may be heard in the self check and does not indi engine compartment when the vehicle cate a problem begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly i
144. ade or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place FO20200ABH If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the car slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of con trol When the car has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divid ed highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the car is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the shift lever in 3 Ha
145. adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Continued passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant classification system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recom mended that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a for ward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Continued dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment A smaller stature adult who is not seated correctly for example seat excessively reclined leaning on the door or center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt
146. afety features of your vehicle CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AUN Seat belt restraint system 4 WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it cou
147. air bag warning light should go out Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 B240B01L The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the drivers or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols el Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag Continued e Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal turn WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may WARNING e Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder CD holder sticker etc on the front passen ger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger s air bag Such objects may
148. air cleaner filter after 3 Lock the cover with the cover attaching 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching pulling up the locking tab 1 clips clips and open the cover 3 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage condi tions in this section A CAUTION e Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a HYUNDAI genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER G170100AEN Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced every 15 000 miles 24 000 km If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other components sj OBHO78015 aeh i OBH078016 G170200ABH 2 Remove the climate control air filter Filter replacement case pulling out both sides of the 1 With t
149. air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to resume to full automatic control of the system OBH048093L Features of your vehicle X Rear outlet vents F e The air flow of the Rear outlet vents is delivered by the front climate control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the front doors If the door is open or not closed completely the air flow of the Rear outlet vent is not delivered properly Make sure the front doors are closed completely e The air flow of the Rear outlet vents may be weaker than the instrument panel vents due to the long air duct in the front doors M LIR OBH048092 D240201ABH Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system The air flow direction is cycled as follows pH st lt 7 gt Face Level B C D E F G Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet 2 Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters v Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side w
150. ak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents Maintenance CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing is not recommend ed It may cause the failure of electrical circuits or engine and related part located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components and the air duct inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing J CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coat
151. ance CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric sys tems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and termi nals may be fastened incomplete ly and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driv er or wiring It may cause contact failure and system malfunction Drivers sideiger s side __ _OBH078019 Front passenger s side z l G210100ABH Inner panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover OBHO078021 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the front passenger s side panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the pas senger compartment panel fuse pan els or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a
152. ance to ade quately recharge i el Maintenance 44 WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order Turn off the battery charger main switch Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal A WARNING e Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected Operation related to the battery should be done at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer J CAUTION e Keep the battery away from water or any liquid The battery is in the trunk so you should be careful when you load a container filled with liquid into the trunk For your safety use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery G190300ABH Reset items Items should be reset after the bat
153. and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manu facturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads Driving your vehicle CAUTION e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines sus pension body and wheels e Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle E120200AUN Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump a
154. ard or rearward by pulling the lower part of the headrest forward or rearward to the desired detent in the direction of the arrow Adjust the headrest so that it prop erly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle F Va OBH038007L Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal For your safety the front headrest can t be removed If there is any problem with the front headrest take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Electronic active headrest if equipped The electronic active headrest is designed to trigger the headrest forward and upward when impact sensor detects a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries CAUTION The active headrest is a safety device to reduce injuries from a rear impact Do not hit or pull the headrest intentionally a et Safety features of your vehicle C010107ABH i m Ss 0BH031009E Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather While the engine is running push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or u
155. arning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer before the car is driven again D150308ABH EU Parking brake amp brake fluid QG warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off when the parking brake is released while an engine is run ning The parking brake warning chime will sound to remind you that the parking brake is applied when you are driving above 6 mph 10 km h Always release the parking brake before you drive Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe loca tion and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
156. ary If at all possible cease driving the vehicle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehi cle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location Driving your vehicle OBH059057 E070703ABH EPB malfunction indicator if equipped The EPB malfunction indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximate ly 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked The EPB malfunction indicator may illu minate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly but it does not indicate a mal function of the EPB E070704BBH Emergency braking If there is a problem with the foot brake while driving emergency braking is pos sible by pressing Type A or pulling Type B the EPB switch Braking is pos sible only while you are holding the EPB switch x NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating te Driving your vehicle E070706BBH EPB emergency release If the EPB does not release properly fol
157. ary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine G270300AUN 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance G270301AUN Vehicle modifications e This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or dura bility and may even violate governmen tal safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e Use of unauthorized electric devices may cause Abnormal vehicle operation Wire damage Battery discharge Fire Be careful not to damage your vehicle by use of unauthorized electric devices G270302AUN EU Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance COE Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time wi
158. avy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles 240 000 km continue to follow the pre scribed maintenance intervals Maintenance G040100ABH EU NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the frequency of service is deter mined by whichever occurs first R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary mew ee os ra Jes ra es oa a mf Peal morron oeer fa fo eo we oo amo noms Te fe fol lolwlelo lol lelela lo fof mfa EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS Replace every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Add every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 4 FUEL LINES FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS ie 5 VACUUM HOSE ae VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP afa 7 AIR CLEANER FILTER SPARK PLUGS IRIDIUM COATED VALVE CLEARANCE 38L et ttt tet Et FUEL TANK AIR FILTER eyed ted pe fe pepe pep ff t If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information
159. axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and dividing by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure Maintenance nnn TT All season tires HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rat ing M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions HYUNDAI recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to
160. ay swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury lf a m m k d Jj NS EE B230D01NF C030104AEN EU Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator i OBH031080N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Safety features of your vehicle 4 WARNING When using the vehicle s LATCH system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web bing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the
161. b and plastic housings Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label G230102ABH Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish CAUTION e Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water water may le
162. bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deacti vates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions kl Safety features of your vehicle Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt The OCS may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back C040301ABH Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system Indicator Warning light PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator light Condition detected by the occupant classification system Front passenger air bag SRS warning light 1 Adult Off 2 Child or child restraint On
163. been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1 6 gallons 6 liters of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available ECO Diving ECO Diving Ubr1042403L ECO Driving ON OFF mode if equipped You can turn the ECO indicator on off on the instrument cluster in this mode If you push the DISP button or the RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO Driving ON mode ECO Driving OFF is displayed in the screen and the ECO indicator turns off while driving If you want to display the ECO indicator again press the DISP button or the RESET button more than 1 second in the ECO Driving OFF mode and then ECO Driving ON mode is displayed in the screen Features of your vehicle D150300AEN Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the
164. ber that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with worn brake pads e Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets WARNING Brake wear This brake wear warning sound means your vehicle needs service If you ignore this audible warning you will eventually lose braking performance which could lead to a serious accident OBH058009 Foot parking brake if equipped E070201ABH Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the P Park position A WARNING e Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident E070202ABH Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position If the parking brake pedal does not release or does not
165. bility is poor or unnecessary battery and generator drain could occur Features of your vehicle Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will turn OFF when 1 The headlight switch is ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops D191002ABH Headlight leveling device if equipped Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area It offers the proper headlight beam under various conditions OBH041075 D191300ABH AFLS Adaptive Front Lighting System if equipped Adaptive front lighting system uses the steering angle and vehicle speed to keep your field of vision wide by swiveling and leveling the headlamp Turn the knob to the AUTO position when the engine is running The adaptive front lighting system will operate when the headlamp is ON To turn off the AFLS turn the knob to the other position After turning the AFLS off headlamp swiveling no longer occurs but leveling operates continuously OBH041071 If the AFLS malfunction indicator comes on the AFLS is not working properly Drive to the nearest safe location and restart the engine If the indicator
166. by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you expe rience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OBH048023N D080101AUN Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OBH048023 D080103ABH EU Auto up down window if equipped Depressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window s movement Features of your vehicle If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the drivers and front passen gers windows and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed _ ij OBHO048200 Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect
167. cally switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Press the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Press the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side temperature When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HI or lowest Lo temper ature setting the DUAL mode is deacti vated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Press the left temperature control but ton The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows While pressing the MODE button depress the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit E Type A OBH042098N OBH048098 D240203AEN Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from t
168. cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position D110000AEN D110100AEN If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof Sliding the sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the To open or close the sunroof manual sunroof control lever located on the over slide feature pull or push the sunroof head console control lever backward or forward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof To open or close the sunroof completely even when the lever is released auto NOTICE slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the second detent position The sunroof will slide all the way open or closed To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar ily in the opposite direction of sunroof movement The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position e In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions e After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it Features of your vehicle yr OBH048032 D110101AEN D110200BBH Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof If an object is detected while the sunroof To open the sunroof autotilt feature is closing automatically it will reverse push the sunroof co
169. ceesctineceaeesanmaerereteeecusegeedeconntemeupicidetones 4 16 Central door lock switch eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseesseeeeeesesessseseeees 4 17 Child protector rear door lock serisinin 4 19 Driver position memory system eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 4 34 Economical operation sssesssassssssvessaseesssasasassavarces 5 54 Emergency starting ee ee ee ee 6 4 Jump starting Sassen A T E hangs baled sauaschatiereeapeateeadeniees 6 4 Push starting rr ee er er 6 5 Emission control SYSTEM errrrerrerrrrrrrrrrrrerrreresseseeesesesesess 7 75 Crankcase emission control system r e sseeeeeee eee eeeees 7 75 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery System 7 75 Exhaust emission control System sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 76 Engine COMPALtMENt rrrereeeeeeeeesseesseseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 4 7 2 Engine eee MC eo anaa 7 18 E asme NUMDET Aea a R g 7 Panne Oil pee A E 7 16 Engine start stop iti ee 5 7 Engine start stop button position E saaNamnanaang 5 7 Starting the engine Te ee 5 9 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items Index lla aa 22a _ 2Ze_q F Foot parking brake s eeseeereresereseesrsseesssseesssseesrseeensseeessss 25 F el filler lid wastsnteeacensicss vind tiinsntinaicvans ina 4 28 Emergency fuel filer lid release eeeereeeeesreees 4 30 Fuel requirements E E E 1 3 Puces n A T ay ee S 7 49 Fuse relay panel description esseeeeeerereeerserereseeesrseeee 7
170. child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Continued e Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driver and passengers can be severely injured by inflat ing air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front seat when the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant classification sys tem Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci d
171. cified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure i a a OBH071041 G180201ABH EU Front windshield wiper blade For your convenience move the wind shield wiper blades to the service posi tion as follows Remove the key from the ignition switch or turn off the engine Move the wiper switch to the single wip ing MIST position within 20 seconds and hold the switch until the wiper blade is in the fully up position i Maintenance OHMO078059 OHM078060 T OHGO070043 Type A 2 Open the cover of the blade Press the 3 Install the new blade assembly in the 1 Raise the wiper arm clip behind the wiper arm and remove reverse order of removal the blade assembly downward 4 Return the wiper arm on the wind A CAUTION shield Do not allow the wiper arm to fall 5 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi against the windshield since it may tion chip or crack the windshield 6 Move the wiper switch to any position and then to the OFF position Maintenance OHM078059 OSBLO71002 4 Push down the wiper arm 3 and install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 5 Return the wiper arm on the wind shield Type B 1 Raise the wiper arm A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield OSBLO71003 2 Turn the wiper blade clip Then lift up the blade clip 3 Push the clip 1 and push up
172. circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OBH048020 G210101AUN Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section e Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the front passen ger s side panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized P ALLIT VEE ee OEE Oe HYUNDAI dealer i Fj 4 Bi W E7 je eo a 1 e u J A CAUTION
173. contin uously remains on take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked kt cel Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS OBH049900 Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe AUTO AUTO control wipe if equipped LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed Intermittent or Auto control wipe time adjustment Wash with brief wipes OBH049080 D200100AEN EU Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continu ously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 Normal wiper speed Fast wiper speed LO HI NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation x NOTICE e When you operate the wipers if your vehicle has a problem in any part of the wiper operation system the wiper may operate in the LO mode regard less of the wiper switch position In this case have your vehicle ch
174. cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be E filled between F and L marks on the side of the Daaa coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent addi tions are required see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection G070101AUN Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deion ized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improp er coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage e The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to pre vent corrosion and freezing e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant e Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table Ambient Mixture Percentage volume Temperature 5 F 15 C 31 F 35 C 49 F 450 o er asc o oo OBHO072005L Maintenance GO70200AEN Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this sect
175. covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting to cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you Carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care G230201AUN Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cos metic oil sun cream hand cleaner and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl CAUTION e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside t
176. ctor rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi Cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock 1 located on the rear edge of the door to the lock fa position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the_rear door child safety lock is unlocked a Features of your vehicle TRUNK J CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving Toe stida Be e ae OBH048012L 0BH048013 D0O70100ABH EE e To open the trunk from inside the vehi Opening the trunk cle pull the trunk lid release lever e The trunk is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with NOTICE the key transmitter or smart key or In cold and wet climates trunk locks central door lock switch and trunk mechanisms may not work e To open the trunk only while all doors properly due to freezing conditions are locked pre
177. d stopping ability ee eg sss esses What to do in an emergenc Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not oper ating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is provided by a separate tell tale which displays the symbol TPMS when illuminated When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the instal lation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly X NOTICE If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure tell tale does not illuminate for 3 sec onds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if it remains illuminat ed after coming on for approximate ly 3 seconds take your car to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI deal er and have the system checked FO60100AB
178. d CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player i sl Features of your vehicle RADIO SET UP VOLUME CONTROL CD Player PA710BH 1 FM AM Button 2 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob 3 SEEK Button A 4 PRESET Buttons 5 5 DISPLAY Screen ON OFF Button QO 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 7 SCAN Button BH_PA710BH_RADIO Features of your vehicle Using RADIO SET UP VOLUME Control 1 FM AM Button Turns to FM or AM mode and toggles in the order of FM1i FM2 AM FM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob Turns the set on off when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the vol ume and left decreases the volume 3 SEEK Button e When the SEEK V button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to auto matically select a channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found When the SEEK A button is pressed it increases the band frequency to auto matically select a channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found 4 PRESET Buttons Press 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 second to play the channel saved in each button Press preset button for 0 8 second or longer to sav
179. d cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box Passengers front air bag OBH038027 The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seat belts are fastened These sensors pro vide the ability to control the SRS deploy ment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger s
180. d to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink e In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or _ 1 800 355 3515 Features of your vehicle Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions 1 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released 6 To program the remaining two HomeLink butto
181. d with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire G200700ABH Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset G200800AUN Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear To reduce the possibility of losing control slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Maintenance n CO EEEEEEEEEEEeEeeeee l030B04JM G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to ide
182. dby position Driving your vehicle A WARNING When driving off from AUTO HOLD by applying accelerator pedal always check the surrounding area near your vehicle Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a smooth launch OBH059073 OBH059016 Leaving FO70802BBH If you press the accelerator pedal with Cancel the transmission in R Reverse D To cancel the AUTO HOLD operation Drive or sports mode the AUTO HOLD press the AUTO HOLD switch The AUTO will be released automatically and the HOLD indicator will go out vehicle will start to move The indicator changes from green to white Driving your vehicle Parking brake automatically locked OBH059059N Parking brake automatically locked OBH049342N NOTICE e The AUTO HOLD does not operate when the driver s door is open the shift lever is in P Park e For your safety the AUTO HOLD automatically switches to EPB in such cases as the hood is open with transmission in D Drive the trunk lid is open with transmis sion in R Reverse the driver s seat belt is unbuckled and the driver s door is open AUTO HOLD is operating for a long period of time the vehicle is standing on a steep slope In these cases the brake warning light comes on the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white and warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged Before driving again press the foot brak
183. de excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possibility of dam age from road hazards Maintenance CAUTION Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup e Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them G200300AUN Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire G200301AEN How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even w
184. der Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists WARNING When the air bags deploy the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and or instrument panel and or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors and in the front seatbacks are very hot To prevent injury do not touch the air bag storage area s internal com ponents immediately after an air bag has inflated 1JBH3051 C040903AEN Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child WARNING e Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it e Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it can cause serious or fa
185. distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your car moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears i el Features of your vehicle Station 2 JBMO005 e Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select anoth er station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Satellite radio reception You may experience problems in recei
186. ditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required GO50200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary G050300ABH Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer G050400AEN EU Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately GO50600AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced G0O50700AUN Vacuum hose Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhau
187. driver and or the front and outboard rear passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations 4A WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags 4A WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the seat belt sys tems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag all seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passengers arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the sys
188. ds X NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains E120101AUN Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use Driving your vehicle i 0BH058042 E120102ABH Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mount ing some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is rec ommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 47 in 12 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufactur ers warranty Install tire chains only on the rear tires CAUTION e Make sure the snow chains are the correct size
189. e e Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function e Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts G030105AUN EU At least once a year e Clean body and door drain holes e Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges e Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips e Check the air conditioning system e Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic trans mission linkage and controls Clean battery and terminals e Check the brake fluid level a ke ed Maintenance E SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE G040000AUN EU Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply fol low Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions e Repeated short distance driving e Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes e Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used e Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates e More than 50 driving in he
190. e headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat A WARNING When using the vehicle s Tether Anchor system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint WARNING Tether strap e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or lower anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death Ay WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints m
191. e key to unlock the door from out side D050202BBH EU Driver s door OBHO48009N With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch Features of your vehicle e When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock e When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch or the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of central door lock switch is pressed WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or traveling slowly Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended 44 WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causin
192. e current channel to the respective button with a beep 5 DISPLAY Screen ON OFF Button Turns the displayed data and light on off on the LCD 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button When you rotate to clockwise or counter clockwise the frequency increases or decreases by each step General AM 9kHz FM 100kHz USA AM 10kHz FM 200kHz When you press this button enter the SETUP mode If no action is taken for 5 seconds after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and push functions of the TUNE SETUP button 7 SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta tions on the frequency band When you press this button again at this moment you can receive the broadcasting that you choose Features of your vehicle CD CD Player PA710BH 1 RANDOM Button 2 REPEAT Button 3 CD Button 4 TRACK Button 5 SCAN Button 6 CD Eject Button 7 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 8 INFO Button 9 FOLDER Button 10 CD Indicator 11 CD Slot BH_PA710BH_CD Features of your vehicle Using CD Player 1 RANDOM Button Turns on off the randomization of the play list of files in the currently played DISC To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 2 REPEAT Button Repeats current song when the button is pressed for less than 0 8 second Repeats the entire DISC when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer 3 C
193. e desired position 0BH031002N Safety features of your vehicle C010202ABH Seatback angle if equipped Push the control knob forward or rear ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the knob once the seat reaches the desired position C010203ABH Seat cushion height for driver s seat Pull the front portion of the control knob up to raise or push down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control knob up to raise or push down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the knob once the seat reaches the desired posi tion C010204ABH Lumbar support for driver s seat The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the drivers seat Press the front portion of the switch 1 to increase support or the rear portion of the switch 2 to decrease support Move the support position up and down by pressing the switch 3 or 4 i cel Safety features of your vehicle Fi a _ _ i _ i w Fi El 1 ou OBH038075L C010104ABH EU Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision J OBHO38006L Forward and rearward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forw
194. e ee E A Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING a E120000ABH More severe weather conditions of winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize winter driving problem you should follow these suggestions E120100AUN Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake appli cations and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side ski
195. e engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter D150319AUN Low washer fluid level warning light if equipped PESES ao 4 Fiy This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is near empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible D150320ABH EU Malfunction indicator light MIL check engine light This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your near est authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer promptly J CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy If the Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates potential catalytic converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as
196. e pedal check the surrounding area near your vehicle and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch e When AUTO HOLD is ON and the vehicle comes to a stop on a steep slope about 25 gradient or more the EPB will be automatically engaged In this case when you release EPB manually by pulling Type A or pressing Type B the EPB switch with the foot brake pedal pressed AUTO HOLD will hold the vehicle for 3 seconds in order to pre vent the vehicle from rolling back during the launch If the AUTO HOLD malfunction indi cator lights up yellow on the LCD screen the AUTO HOLD is not work ing properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked ee Driving your vehicle WARNING e Press the accelerator pedal slow ly when you start the vehicle e For your safety cancel the AUTO HOLD when you drive downhill or back up the vehicle or park the vehicle N CAUTION If there is a malfunction with the dri ver s door hood or trunk open detection system the AUTO HOLD may not work properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys tem checked EO70300AEN EE Anti lock brake system ABS 4 WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds sh
197. e place you assign as the desti nation i el Features of your vehicle Detailed information for the navigation D281900ABH system is described in a separately sup Bluetooth Wireless Technology plied manual hands free if equipped You can use a Bluetooth Wireless A CAUTION Technology phone Detailed information for the Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free is described in a separate manual If your vehicle is equipped with nav igation system it contains mercury So if you need to have your vehicle disposed you should remove the navigation system before disposal The removed navigation system should be recycled re used or dis posed as hazardous waste D282000ABH DIS Driver Information System if equipped Information for DIS is provided in the DIS manual Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction OBH048136 Antenna D300102ABH Glass antenna if equipped When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition key is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the antenna in the rear window glass J CAUTION e Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam age to the antenna elements e Avoid adding metallic coatings
198. e service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM E070100ABH Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces E070101AUN In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sa
199. e shift lever in P Park Features of your vehicle D150412ABH Check stop lamp fuse Check stop lamp fuse Check stop lamp fuse PP Type I Type II When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD screen Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds with the ignition switch in ACC Features of your vehicle PARKING ASSI a a i n i ee ae D170000ABH The parking assist system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 23 62 in 60 cm in front or 39 37 in 100 cm behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver ST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited When moving the vehicle pay as much attention to what is in front of and behind you as you would in a vehicle without a parking assist system WARNING The parking assist system should only be considered as a supple mentary function The driver must check the front and rear view The operational function of the parking assist system can be affected by many factors and conditions of the surroundings so the responsibility rests always with the drive
200. e under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop Serious or fatal inter nal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death seri ous injury or property damage e Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Continued Continued e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 10 inch
201. eatures of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS m OBH048006 D050100ABH EU Operating door locks from out side the vehicle Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock the door with a key all vehi cle doors will lock automatically From the drivers door turn the key to the right once to unlock the drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors If your vehicle is equipped with a smart key you can change the system to unlock all doors by turning the key to the right once If you want this feature central door unlock mode refer to the Smart key or Remote keyless entry in this section Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter or smart key Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure that doors are closed securely x NOTICE In cold and wet climates door locks and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OBH048007N e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3
202. ecked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible e When the ignition key is removed the wiper blade sometimes may move slightly for reducing the deterioration of the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle R a ain XW i OBH049081 D200101AEN Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF posi tion when the wiper is not in use CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body e Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor e Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Do not r
203. ectric parking brake EPB if equipped E070203BBH Applying the parking brake To apply the parking brake first apply the brake pedal and press Type A or pull Type B the EPB switch Make sure that the brake warning light comes on Driving your vehicle When parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever must be in the P Park position OBH052010 E070704BBH Releasing the parking brake The parking brake will be released auto matically when you shift the transmission from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive while pressing the foot brake pedal To release the parking brake manually with the ignition switch ON pull Type A or press Type B the EPB switch while applying the foot brake Make sure that the brake warning light goes off If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer X NOTICE e For your safety you can apply the EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position but you cannot release it e For your safety press the foot brake and release the parking brake manu ally with EPB switch when you drive downhill or back up the vehicle i ee Driving your vehicle Release parking brake OBH059057N Release parking brake OBH049340N A CAUTION If you try to drive by applying the accelerator pedal with EPB engaged a warning will sound and message will appear Do n
204. eep 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button When you rotate clockwise or counter clockwise the frequency increases or decrease but skips HD Radio signals ex HD1 107 7MHZz 107 8MHz When you press this button enter the SETUP mode If you select the HD menu you can control the HD setup menu S e 1 You can off on FM HD Radio reception 2 You can off on AM HD Radio reception 3 Details on off e Details on display e Details off display Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLO GY PHONE OPERATION IF EQUIPPED m What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows multiple short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset wireless remote control etc to be con nected For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com m General Feature e This audio system supports Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French US Spanish X NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology
205. eeu cosas eee cee 7 24 5 Engine oil dipstick Ta se ere 7 16 6 Engine oil filler Capecc negra 7 16 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 23 Br FUSC DOK S a E E etree erect es 7 49 9 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 22 TO Jumper terminal einas e 6 4 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OBH011101 Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 16 Child restraint system 3 27 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 35 Safety features of your vehicle 3 Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Driver s seat 1 Forward and backward Seat cushion height 2 Seatback angle 3 Lumbar support 4 Seat warmer or Climate control seat 5 Headrest 6 Driver position memory system Front passenger s seat 7 Forward and backward 8 Seatback angle 9 Seat warmer 10 Headrest Rear seat 11 Armrest 12 Seat warmer 13 Headrest if equipped OBHO032001L C010000ABH EU Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seatback reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slid
206. ehicle is leaving the lane If the sensor cannot detect the lane or if the vehicle speed does not exceed 43 mph 70 km h the LDWS won t warn you even though To operate the LDWS press the switch the vehicle leaves the lane with the ignition in the ON position The If your vehicle has window tint or indicator illuminates on the cluster To other types of coating on the cancel the LDWS press the switch front windshield the LDWS may again not work properly Do not let water or any kind of liq uid come in contact with the LDWS sensor Do not remove LDWS parts and This signe deiects the lane with the do not damage the sensor by a sensor at the front windshield and warns strong impact you when your vehicle leaves the lane Do not put objects that reflect light on the dash board Always check the road conditions because you may not hear the LDWS warning chime due to audio volume or external noise OBH049338 i ce Driving your vehicle e When the sensor detects the lane line OBH059304 e When the sensor doesn t detect the lane line OBH059302 If your vehicle leaves the lane when the LDWS is operating and vehicle speed exceeds 43 mph 70 km h the warning operates as follows OBH059301 1 Visual warning If you leave the lane the lane you leave on the LCD display blinks yellow with an 0 8 second interval 2 Auditory warning If you leave the lane the warning sound operates with an 0 8 second i
207. ellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting phone When the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is enabled the phone previously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select a different phone previously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Select Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select SELECT in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Deleting Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also be deleted including phonebook lf you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Delete Phone after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select DELETE in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list Features of your vehicle e Changing Priority When several phones are paired to the audio system the system attempts to con nect followin
208. em 7 75 California perchlorate notice 7 78 Maintenance EE ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 3 8L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Radiator cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 Fuse box 9 Power steering fluid reservoir with EHPS 10 Power steering fluid reservoir without EHPS 11 Jumper terminal The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration The battery is in the trunk OBH012101L G010000ABH EU Maintenance n E 4 6L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Radiator cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 Fuse box 9 Power steering fluid reservoir 10 Jumper terminal The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration The battery is in the trunk OBH018005N a el Maintenance O_O eee E 5 0L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Radiator cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Engine oil dipstick 6 Engine oil filler cap 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 Fuse box 9 Power steering fluid reservoir 10 Jumper terminal The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration The battery is in the trunk OBHO11101 Maintenance EEE MAINTENANCE SERVICES GO20000AE
209. emove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle A CAUTION A CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the e To prevent possible damage to washer pump do not operate the the wipers or windshield do not washer when the fluid reservoir is operate the wipers when the empty windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually OBH049082 D200200AUN Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir f
210. ences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Maintenance MR Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance nnn TT G201100ABH Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square
211. ensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt ke Safety features of your vehicle x NOTICE e The driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts may be acti vated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioner seat belts can be activated where the frontal collision is severe enough together with the air bags e When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous e Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged periods Wash all exposed skin areas thorough ly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activa
212. ental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag warning light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible Continued Continued Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag imme diately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued Rear impact Rollover kl Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Even though your vehicle is Continued e Sitting improperly or out of posi equipped with the occupant clas sification system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dre
213. er or smart key e When the trunk lid control button is OFF not depressed the trunk can be unlocked with the master key or the mechanical key of the smart key only Features of your vehicle WINDOWS D080000AEN 1 Drivers door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down if equipped 7 Power window lock switch x NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions el Features of your vehicle DO080100BBH Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors open the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period after ignition key removal x NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated
214. er extreme or emergency condi tions emergency locking mode you must manually change these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint E2MS103005 C030102BUN EU Placing a passenger seat belt into the automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following proce dure S afety features of your vehicle OENO36101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the fol lowing 1 Place the child restraint system on the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint follow ing the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency OBH039102 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extend ed it will shift the retractor to the Automatic Locking child restraint mode OBH039103 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicate
215. er for If it is necessary to replace the cigarette ward To clean the ashtray the plastic lighter use only a genuine HYUNDAI receptacle should be removed by lifting replacement or its approved equivalent the plastic ash receptacle upward and pulling it out _ 4 A 0s K O C kO y y yj a a a aaaaaa Features of your vehicle D280300ABH EU Cup holder OVI049201 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 n To use the vanity mirror pull down the E OBH038018N visor and slide the mirror cover 3 Cups or small beverage cans may be Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or placed in the cup holders backward 4 Front The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold To open the cover press the cover and it Ng a tollgate ticket if equipped will slowly open Rear To open the cover pull the cover Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or N CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp C
216. ereerererereeeereeeees 4 103 Defogping Logic stssssssssussnssstararercavenstacnsvavareesavers 4 102 Winter driving sssssssesssesssvassscsesosnansnnsstsasosensanaranens 5 60 iF eo insane a riwmncetiosntarnaancnaenantinntaquredtinernosiatanotianes 5 60 Py ee aR tate en annaeadasannobeanetonne E 5 61 Wiper blades serena E S 7 29 Wipers and washers sssssssssssoscsosssonnssnsenssovesonsasasens 4 89
217. erform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your car Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER INFORMATION HO50000BEN This consumer information has been pre pared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U S Department of Transportation Your Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particularly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARN ING lf after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle please contact your nearest Hyundai Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following Eastern Region Connecticut Delaware Maine Massachusetts New Hampshire New Jersey New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island Vermont Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg NJ 08831 800 633 5151 Southern Region Florida Georgia Maryland North Carolina South Carolina Virginia West Virginia Southern Region 3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway suite 100 Marietta GA 30066 800 633 5151 South Central Regi
218. es 250 mm away from the steering wheel WARNING e Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire i el Safety features of your vehicle C010200AEN A Front seat adjustment power CAUTION The front seat can be adjusted by using S power sedi CTIVEN Y an l electric motor Stop operating the control knob located on the outside of once the adjustment is complet the seat cushion Before driving adjust ed Excessive operation may the seat to the proper position so as to damage the electrical equipment easily control the steering wheel pedals 2 When in operation the power and switches on the instrument panel seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running e Do not operate two or more power 010201AUN seat control knobs at the same Forward and rearward time Doing so may result in Push the control knob forward or rear power seat motor or electrical ward to move the seat to the desired component malfunction position Release the knob once the seat reaches th
219. estraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system 4A WARNING e A child restraint system must be placed in the rear seat Never install a child or infant seat on the front passenger s seat Should an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat cover and buckles before placing a child there When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the lug gage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in the case of a sudden stop or an accident Children may be seriously injured or killed by an inflating air bag All children even those too large for child restraints
220. example if you drive at 50 mph 80 km h the distance is maintained as fol lows Distance 3 approximately 180 feet Distance 2 approximately 130 feet Distance 1 approximately 85 feet x NOTICE The Distance 3 is always set when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine Driving your vehicle Type I Type I UN WIN WEN SET 80 mPH SET 80 MPH SET 80 MPH SET 80 MPH SET 80 mPH SET 80 mPH j Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Cancelled OBH059025N OBH059026N PMF OBH059052N Type II Type II SCC Cancelled SET 80OmMPH seTBOmPH SET BOMPH SETBOMPH SETBOMPH set BOmPH 4 me a ee fh gt P nwe a ae ro TD Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 OBH052025N OBH052026N OBH042315L E150801ABH E150802ABH e The warning chime will sound and a When the lane ahead is clear When there is a vehicle ahead of you message will appear when the vehicle e The vehicle speed will maintain the set in your lane speed decreases to less than 6 mph speed e Your vehicle speed will slow down or 10 km h due to a vehicle ahead and speed up to maintain the selected dis the smart cruise control system will tance automatically deactivate e f the vehicle ahead speeds up your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set i Driving your vehicle e f the system is deactivated you must actively adjust
221. fely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal 4 WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you do not check the position of the acceler peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued ator and brake pedal before driv ing you may depress the acceler ator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident Driving your vehicle E070102AUN Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remem
222. fication of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system ee Safety features of your vehicle OBH038047 OBH038048 OBH038049 OBH038065 C041200AUN EU Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system Keys 4 3 Smart key 4 6 Remote keyless entry 4 11 Theft alarm system 4 14 Door locks 4 16 Trunk 4 20 Windows 4 23 Hood 4 27 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 28 Sunroof 4 31 Driver position memory system 4 34 Steering wheel 4 37
223. found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly eatures of your vehicle Have the vehicle towed to any author ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys tem inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with a dual diagonal braking system This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake circuits is damaged or malfunctions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position D150331ABH Low tire pressure telltale if equipped Low tire pressure position OI telltale if equipped We The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible
224. from CD mode to play the song files stored in the USB If the auxiliary device is connected it turns to AUX mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player 4 TRACK Button e Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the begin ning of current song Press the TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again with in 1 seconds to play the previous song Press the TRACK V button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song Press the TRACK button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 SCAN Button Play first 10 seconds of each song in the folder To cancel the mode press the but ton once again 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display songs after the current song Also turn this button counterclockwise to display songs before the current song To listen to the displayed song press the button to skip to the song and play 7 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in order of FILE TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL Play Screen FILE when the button is pressed each time 8 FOLDER Button e Press the FOLDER V button sub fold er of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder
225. from zero to nine while numbers greater than ten will not be recognized e f the command is not recognized the system will announce PARDON or No input voice signal from microphone No response e The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying CANCEL following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button 0 8 second or longer When voice recog nition has failed 3 consecutive times e At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth Wireless Technology functions Pair phone Select phone Delete phone Change priority Bluetooth off BT VOL Phonebook Delete name E Voice Operation Tip To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to elimi nate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may dis turo recognizing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the com mand will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words The Bluetooth Wireless Technology icon appears on the upper side of audio dis play when a phone is connected Features of your vehicle
226. g J 5 such as Pairing Connection a phone while driving Some Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the sys tem Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features of the audio system refer to your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth Wireless Technology operations The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued communications with Bluetooth Wireless Technology system or cellular service stations can be disrupted While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual as a result of additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case storing the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly Handsfree Calling Streaming etc Before driving 5 3 Key 5 5 Engine start stop button 5 7 Automatic transmission 5 11 Brake system 5 18 Cruise control system 5 36 Smart cruise c
227. g death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle DO50300AAM EE Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped In the event of air bag deployment result ing from a vehicle impact all doors will automatically unlock D050400ABH EU Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph 15 km h And all doors will be automat ically unlocked after you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped Features of your vehicle x NOTICE You can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features in the INFO menu of DIS Driver Information ee if equipped as follows e Speed sensing auto door lock e Auto door unlock by unlocking the driver s door e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the smart key is removed from the smart key holder e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transmission shift lever out of P Park or into P Park If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature refer to the DIS manual if equipped supplied separately OBH04801 1 DO50500ABH Child prote
228. g order when the Bluetooth Wireless Technology is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Change Priority after prompt The system lists all the registered phone names 4 Say the name or number of desired phone from the list 5 Say Yes to confirm 6 By manual operation Select PRIORITY in PHONE menu then select desired phone from the list e Adjusting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Volume Bluetooth Wireless Technology system volume can be adjusted separately from main volume of the audio system Volume control is available by manual operation only Select BT Volume in BLUETOOTH menu adjust volume to desired level by rotating the TUNE SETUP knob then press the knob to confirm e Turning Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON OFF Bluetooth Wireless Technology system can be enabled ON or disabled OFF by this menu If Bluetooth Wireless Technology is dis abled all the commands related to Bluetooth Wireless Technology system prompts whether you wish to turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology ON or not 1 Press button 2 Say Set Up 3 Say Bluetooth Off after prompt 4 Say Yes to confirm 5 By manual operation Select BT Off in PHONE menu then after announcement say YES to confirm m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding Entry Ph
229. gh the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable provided or sold separately is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable Continued be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below Features of your vehicle USB CD Player PA710BH 1 RANDOM Button 2 REPEAT Button 3 USB B
230. gistered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wisconsin D140200AUN EU Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mir ror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing in a narrow street CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the surface of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt Features of your vehicle D140201ABH Remote control The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror move the lever 1 to right or left to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point A on the mirror adjustment control to positio
231. h the transmitter or the smart key Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will be locked automati cally and the system will be armed again Also if any of the doors or hood is opened while the trunk lid open and the alarm armed the alarm will sound DO30400ABH EE Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when the doors are unlocked with the transmitter or smart key After depressing the unlock button the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After depressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed X NOTICE e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starter motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed for Canada e If you lose your keys consult your authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction The system should only be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty kt ed F
232. h time the trans mission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear or gears aS appro priate NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive el Driving your vehicle OBH059006 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear 3E NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 8 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone the transmis sion will upshift automatically If the driver moves the lever to up or down position the transmission may not make the requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable eng
233. hat do not meet Hyundai specifications You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8 4 in the Vehicle Specifications and consumer information section of the Owner s Manual Copyright 2012 Hyundai Motor America All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor America Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts 1 What are Hyundai Genuine Parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts used by Hyundai Motor Company to manufacture vehicles They are designed and tested for the optimum safety performance and reli ability to our customers 2 Why should you use genuine parts Hyundai Genuine Parts are engi neered and built to meet rigid manu facturing requirements Using imita tion counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty ED Genuine HYUNDAI Parts A100A01L In addition any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty How can you tell if you are purchas ing Hyundai Genuine Parts Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on the package see below Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to are packaged with labels written only
234. hat is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance n eeTS CSSC C NNCNCNWN WS CON A EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM G270000AEN EU The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Owner s Handbook amp Warranty Information book let in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your car inspected and maintained by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manu al Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch e After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by
235. he compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur e Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time e Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed A CAUTION When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle the wheel nut torque must be set correctly to prevent wheel vibration The correct wheel nut tightening torque is 65 79lb ft 9
236. he ON position and close the sunroof com pletely Release the control lever 3 Pull and hold the control lever down ward until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves up and down Then release the lever 4 Pull and hold the control lever down ward until the sunroof is operated as follows NO TILT DOWN SLIDE CLOSE SLIDE OPEN gt Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem is reset For more detailed information contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may operate improperly Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED I NOTICE Storing positions into memory The buzzer sounds 10 times if there isa uSing the buttons on the door malfunction of the memory system p120101ABH Have the driver position memory system Storina driver s seat positions checked by an authorized HYUNDAI g P dealer 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel to positions comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored 05
237. he engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible x NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle OBH058015N EO70500AUN EU Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle Driving your vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC E070501ABH EU When operating system is an electronic system designed ESC operation When the ESC is in operation to help the driver maintain vehicle control ESC ON condition ESC the ESC indicator light blinks under adverse conditions It is not a e When the ignition is turned e When the Electronic Stability substitute for safe driving practices ON ESC and ESC OFF indi Control is operating properly Factors including speed road conditions cator lights illuminate for you can feel
238. he glove box open remove the COVER stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges Maintenance OBHO78017 3 Replace the climate control air filter 4 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly x NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection x NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly A CAUTION The use of a non spe
239. he passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position mTypeA With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the HTypeB function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment OBHO048099N D240204ABH Air quality System if equipped The air inflow from outside the vehicle can be automatically controlled Press the button to activate the air quality con trol system When using AQS mode AQS Air Quality System automatically senses outdoor air pollutants and minimizes them from entering the vehicle however unpleas ant or foul odors that might be present may still be noticeable within the vehicle Features of your vehicle Exhaust gas cutoff mode Air enters the vehicle from the outside If exhaust gas enters the vehicle from the outside the exhaust gas cutoff mode of the Air Quality System automatically switches from the outside air position to the recirculated air position
240. he vehicle as this may damage them e When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Maintenance en ln G230202AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties G230203AUN Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it G230204AUN Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged t
241. headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamp life HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp switch is cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced HID lighting components are more com plex than conventional halogen bulb and thus have higher replacement cost el Maintenance G220102ABH EU Headlight bulb type front turn sig nal position side marker and fog light bulbs if equipped If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OBHO78031 G220200AEN Side repeater light bulb replace ment if equipped If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OBHO071032 G220300ABH Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Back up light Rear turn signal light Stop and tail light Rear side marker light 2 3 4 5 Tail light Nr 5 Maintenance 3 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 4 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating i
242. hen they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the cen ter of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Maintenance G200400ABH Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front
243. here is a vehicle in front of you OBH058023 E150500ABH Cruise control will be canceled when e Depressing the brake pedal e Shifting the shift lever into N Neutral or R Reverse Pressing the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel e Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 19 mph 30 km h Operating the parking brake pedal or the EPB switch if equipped Do not operate the parking brake while driving except in an emergency situation e The ESC or ABS is operating e Downshifting to the 2nd gear with sports mode Driving your vehicle e Decreasing the vehicle speed to less than approximately 6 mph 10 km h as the vehicle in front of you e The ESC is turned off e The sensor or the cover is dirty or obscured with foreign matter Each of these actions will cancel smart cruise control operation the SET indica tor light set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume smart cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed A CAUTION If the sensor cover is dirty or obstructed the smart cruise control will cancel automatically OBH058022 EO90600ABH To resume cruise control set speed If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruis ing speed and the system is still activat
244. hol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability A020105AUN Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 7 500 miles or 12 months is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another
245. how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle x NOTICE We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle Vehicle Capacity Capacity Vehicle i Capacity C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs A Vehicle Capacity 1400 Ibs Weight 635 kg Weight 635 kg Weight 635 kg A ne i 300 Ibs B 750 Ibs a al 860 Ibs ic 136 kg eig 340 kg eig 390 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 172 Ibs 78 kg x 5 Available Cargo and 1100 Ibs C Available Cargo and 650 Ibs C Available Cargo and 540 Ibs Luggage weight 499 kg Luggage weight 295 kg Luggage weight 245 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s Capacity weight Driving your vehicle TRIM FRONT REAR THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE U S A FEDERAL WOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN OBH059070 E150200ABH Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the G
246. icle Press the parking brake pedal or oper ate the EPB switch if equipped Do not operate the parking brake while driving except in an emergency situa tion Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steering wheel You will return to your previously preset speed EO90600ABH To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruis ing speed and the system is still activat ed the most recent set speed will auto matically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h x NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES switch to resume the speed OBH058020 E090700ABH To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle SMART CRUISE CONTASE er SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E1
247. icle E Type II lt 60 a gt pa Aris i pn es TA As af O CRUISE SET a 9 l on 5 esc ESC cpa KH 1 Tachometer 8 wS LDWS malfunction indicator 2 Turn signal indicators 1 SCC malfunction indicator 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge amp SCC sensor malfunction indicator 9 Charging system warning light 5 Warning and indicator lights E een lt Low washer fluid level warning light 6 Fuel gauge 7 LCD screen Trunk ajar warning light 10 Asis AUTO HOLD indicator AUTO HOLD malfunction indicator 11 Shift pattern indicator if equipped The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages OBH042300N Features of your vehicle OBH048046L D150100AUN Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination GATIT 80 iS 100 A9 KA j 80 MPH wo hes Pa am OBH048233 Gauges D150201AUN Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour z awn T Tt sc A x 1 000rpm OBH041050 D150202AUN Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct
248. ide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the car This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights D030100BBH Armed stage Park the car and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch or turn off the engine 2 Make sure that all doors the engine hood and trunk lid are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors trunk lid and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once e Lock the doors by pressing the button in the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk lid or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm To arm the system close all the doors trunk lid and engine hood and try again to lock the doors X
249. il leaks dam age and twists in the power steering hose before driving Maintenance WASHER FLUID a OBHO78008 G120100AUN Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance FOOT PARKING BRAKE AIR CLEANER IF EQUIPPED E Main air cleaner sogut am La hs a M tt ea te i OBHO71011 OBH058009 Main air cleaner 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover G140100ABH Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 44 Ib 20 kg 196 N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking lt OBH071050 brake adjusted by an authorized G160100ABH EU HYUNDAI dealer Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and Stroke 3 notches or 3 clicks should not be cleaned and reused Maintenance h Al a ms 9 7 pes lt a m OBH071051 MPRDA OV072052 2 Replace the air cleaner filter Chamber air cleaner if equipped 2 Replace the
250. iller neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT D210000AEN CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge eS BS BS e DOOR D210100ABH EU Map lamp Push the switch to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front pas senger In the DOOR position the map lamp and the room lamp come on when any door is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximate ly 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously Also if you turn the engine start stop button off or remove the ignition key from the ignition switch when the room lamp is in off posit
251. in if equipped To fold the rear curtain depress the but ton To unfold the rear curtain depress the button again The rear curtain will be folded automati cally when you shift the shift lever into R Reverse and unfolded automatically when you shift the shift lever from R Reverse into P Park After the rear curtain is folded by shifting the shift lever into R Reverse if you drive more than 20km h with the shift lever in D Drive the rear curtain will be unfolded automatically Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not pull or fold the rear curtain by hand It could cause motor fail ure P OBH041141N D281400AFD Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and a USB port to plug ina USB and an iPod port to plug in an iPod X NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc i s 2 lt sJ OBH048139N SS j fy 7m s s Cm j 3 al a T pm p aT d ae ee OBH049139N D281800ABH Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to th
252. inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmis sion power seats and air condition ing Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and Cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for
253. indow defrosters Bi Level B C D E F G Floor Level A C D E F G Floor amp Defrost A C D E F G Features of your vehicle OBH048094N Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters x NOTICE The defrost mode is more effective when a warmer air temperature setting is selected ETE OBH048095L Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumb wheel To close the vent rotate it left to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it right to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OBH048096 D240202ABH EU Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by pushing the up A button The temperature will decrease to the min imum Lo by pushing the down V but ton When pushing the button the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 1 F 0 5 C When set to the lowest tem perature setting the air conditioning will operate continuously i el Features of your vehicle OBH042097N Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automati
254. ine rpm range When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the trans mission to shift into the 2nd or 3rd gear which is better for smooth driv ing on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the Ist gear E060102BBH Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transmis sion has a shift lock system which pre vents shifting the transmission from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transmission from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition Driving your vehicle Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immedi ately E060103AUN Ign
255. ing and cause discol oration or paint deterioration G230103AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance Eee G230104AUN Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective Compound G230105AUN Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these a
256. ion A CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the generator Maintenance BRAKE FLUID G080100AEN Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri odically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capaci ties in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid CAUTION Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid A few drops of miner al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts Maintenance POWER STEERING FLUID Se __ OBHO72048L G
257. ion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands A WARNING Changing tires e Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway FO70100ABH Jack and tools The jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench ee eee gq sss e e e e e e e Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on level firm ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service company for assistance Continued Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children pres ent are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack What to do in an emergenc F070200ABH Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly A CAUTION When you remove or store the spare tire do not contact or bump the battery with the spare tire Contacting or bumping the bat ter
258. ion switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise con trol switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Features of your vehicle D150320ABH Smart cruise control indicator if equipped SCC Smart cruise control malfunction indicator RI The warning light illuminates when the vehicle to vehicle distance control sys tem is not functioning normally Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked SCC Smart cruise control sensor malfunction indicator m If the sensor or cover is dirty or obscured with foreign matter such as snow the indicator will illuminate Clean the sensor by using a soft cloth For more information about the use of smart cruise control refer to Smart cruise control system in section 5 LDWS indicator if equipped LDWS The LDWS indicator will illuminate when you turn the lane departure warning sys tem on by pressing the LDWS switch LDWS FAIL If the LDWS malfunction indicator comes on the LDWS is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked LDWS malfunction indicator if equipped D150327ABH Key reminder warning chime Without smart key If the drivers door is opened while the ignition key
259. ion while the engine is running the taillights and headlights will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with the adap tive front lighting system AFLS it will also operate when the headlamp is ON Features of your vehicle CAUTION Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instru ment panel This will ensure bet ter auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work prop erly J d p OBH049077 D190500AUN High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OBH049076 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle ie Ae OBH049078 D190600AUN Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals t
260. ion with all doors closed the room lamp will turn on e ROOM Push the switch to turn the map lamp and the room lamp on or off i ed Features of your vehicle OBH048084N D210200ABH EU Room lamp e 7 Push the switch to turn the room lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for con venient use as a room lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the rear passenger e DOME Push the switch to turn the room lamp on or off A CAUTION Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running OBH048085 D210300ABH Trunk room lamp The trunk room lamp comes on when the trunk is opened J CAUTION The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre vent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk lid securely after using the trunk room OBH048086 D210400AEN Door courtesy lamp if equipped The door courtesy lamp comes ON when the door is opened to assist entering or exiting the vehicle It also serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehi cle door is open Features of your vehicle A OBH048087 a OEN046081 OBH041401 D210500ABH D210600AUN Welcome light if equipped Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp When all the doors and trunk are locked The glove box lamp comes on when the Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will and closed the puddle lamp will come on glove box is opened automatically turn on the mirr
261. ition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position If the ignition switch is in any other position the key cannot be removed EO60200AEN Good driving practices e Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed e Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion e Be sure the car is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive e Never take the car out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving e Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down shift into Sports Mode and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow the car e Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged ks el Driving your vehicle Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transmission in P Park to keep the car from moving Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and econom
262. key gt Remove key Type I Type II When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 seconds Push the smart key inward and pull it out from the smart key holder Features of your vehicle D150407ABH Insert key ODO IVY eyeyn Insert key Type II If you push the engine start stop button while the Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD screen the warning illuminates for 10 seconds D150408ABH Press start button again Press start button again Press start button again E o Type I Type II If there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illu minates for 10 seconds to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button while press ing the brake pedal If the warning illuminates each time you push the engine start stop button take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked D150409ABH Shift to P or N to start the engine Shift to P or N to start engine PIN Shift P or N to start engine E fe Type I se Type II If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in P Park or N Neutral the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD screen You can also start the engine with the shift lever in N Neutral but for your safe ty start the engine with th
263. l Maintenance RR CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE G280000AEN Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov haz ardouswaste perchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Engine number 8 8 Consumer information 8 9 Reporting safety defects 8 10 Binding arbitration 8 10 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE 1010000ABH I1030000ABH m nm 58 1 1475 58 2 1480 35 Front fog lights Front tread 63 8 1620 63 1 1604 64 4 1636 63 8 1621 Wheelbase 115 6 2935 1 with P215 60R17 tire or with P225 55R17 tire Stop and tail lights LED 2 with P235 50R18 tire or with P235 45R19 tire Tail light Rear turn signal lights Back up lights Rear side marker lights High mounted stop light LED License plate lights Map lamps Room lamps Luggage lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp
264. l or similar object Then the clock will be set precise ly on the hour For example if the R button is pressed while the time is between 9 01 and 9 29 the display will be reset to 9 00 9 01 9 29 display changed to 9 00 9 30 9 59 display changed to 10 00 i el Features of your vehicle D280604AEN Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the R button until the display blinks For example if the R button is pressed while the time is 10 15 p m the display will be changed to 22 15 lanami Passenger 22 0 F D281200ABH Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 F 1 C increments The tem perature range is between 30 F 140 F 30 C 60 C e If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit This is a normal condition You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as follows While pressing the MODE button depress the DUAL button for 3 sec onds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit e The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive Features of your vehicle OBH048209 D280800AEN Clothes hanger if equipped J CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook so
265. ld even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it A WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the occu pant Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each seat belt assembly must only be used by one occu pant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant s lap 1GQA2083 C020101CBH EU Seat belt warning for driver s seat As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for ap
266. le OBH048106L D250305ABH Auto defogging system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on the inside of the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture on the inside of the wind shield and operates Hy AUTO If higher level of moisture has been sensed in the vehicle the auto defogging system will operate in the following order For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Outside air position Step 2 Blowing air toward the wind shield Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Operating the air conditioning Step 5 Maximizing the air conditioning Step 3 If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automatically acti vated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto
267. lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON Engine start stop button position E030701BBH EU OFF To turn off the engine press the engine start stop button with the engine start stop button in the ON position and the shift lever in P Park When you press the engine start stop button without the shift lever in P Park the engine start stop button does not turn to the OFF position but turns to the ACC posi tion OBH058002 E030100ABH Illuminated engine start
268. lfunction Speak alter nately with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth Wireless Technology volume to a low level High level volume may result in dis tortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud NM amp UW J m Using the head unit as Bluetooth Wireless Technology music The head unit supports A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Both profiles are available for listening to MP3 music via Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone supporting above Bluetooth Wireless Technology profiles To play MP3 music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone press the CD AUX button until MP3 Play is displayed on the LCD Then try playing music by phone When playing music from the Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phone the head unit displays MP3 MODE x NOTICE e Not only MP3 files but all the sounds that the phone supports can be heard by the audio system Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellu lar phones must feature A2DP and AVRCP functions Some A2DP and AVRCP Bluetooth Wireless Technology cellular phones may not play music through the head unit on the first try Please try the below ie Menu Filemanager Music Option
269. llowing the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 J CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming It is also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Programming HomeLink X NOTICE When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage e It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal e Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turne
270. lose the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage P OBH041119N D280500AEN heater to the lowest operating Power outlet level when using the power outlet e Close the cover when not in use power for mobile telephones or other e Some electronic devices can The power outlet is designed to provide devices designed to operate with vehicle cause electronic interference electrical systems The devices should when plugged into a vehicle s draw less than 10 amps with the engine power outlet These devices may running cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle OBH048121L D280600AEN Digital clock Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows Features of your vehicle D280601AUN Hour 1 Pressing the H button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one hour D280602AUN Minute 2 Pressing the M button with your finger a pencil or similar object will advance the time displayed by one minute D280603ABH Reset 3 To clear away minutes press the R but ton with your finger a penci
271. ls over a single FM fre quency For example a HD Radio FM station can run a main channel of music and a sub channel of news or even two dif ferent music channels at one frequency Only the program content of the main channel is in broadcasted analog Features of your vehicle HD Radio signal delay To overcome the delay that digital sys tems inherently produce HD Radio technology first uses the audio signal of the analog broadcasting when you tune to an AM station or to the main channel of a FM station After that the system will blend from analog to digital signal Normally this blending is very smooth If you experience a skip in program content of several seconds the radio station has not implemented HD Radio broadcast ing correctly This is not a problem with your audio system Due to the fact that sub channels are only broadcasting digital blending from analog to digital signal is not possible if you tune to a sub channel In this case playback of the sub channel starts after several sec onds This is a normal function Automatic switching between dig ital and analog broadcasting If the digital signal reception is lost the system switches automatically to the analog signal As soon as the digital sig nal is available again it will switch back Due to the fact that sub channels are only broadcasted digital the system mutes playback if you have tuned to a sub channel and the digital signal is
272. ly so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section x NOTICE Although the combination retractor pro vides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emer gency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract OBH039023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Safety features of your vehicle CAY i N A a N B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OEDO30300 CO020200BBH EU Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre t
273. mart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the the LCD screen for 10 seconds Replace the battery with a new one If it engine start stop button in ACC ON or is not possible you can start the engine START the warning illuminates on the by inserting the smart key into the smart LCD screen The chime also sounds for 5 key holder and pushing the engine seconds when the smart key is not in the start stop button vehicle and any door is closed Turn the ignition switch off or get hold of the smart key Features of your vehicle D150404ABH Press brake pedal to start engine e Press brake S pedal to start engine Press brake pedol B F to start engine Type I If the engine start stop button turns to the ACC position twice by pushing the engine start stop button repeatedly with out pressing the brake pedal the warn ing illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the brake pedal to start the engine D150405ABH Shift to P position ODOR VAY Ia gt on 9 SHIFT 3 Shift to P position Type I PY Type II If you push the engine start stop button with the engine start stop button ON and the shift lever not in P Park the warning illuminates on the LCD screen for 10 sec onds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in P Park to turn off the engine D150406ABH Remove key Bs Remove
274. mation in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGS CAU TIONS and NOTICES in this manual These WARNINGS were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored X NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS A020101ABH EU Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling 3 8 engine Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher 4 6 5 0 engine Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number R M 2 of 87 or higher For improved vehicle performance pre mium unleaded fuel with a Pump Octane Rating of 91 Research Octane Number 95 or higher is recommended J CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details
275. milar hazards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis tance for braking e Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Leave ESC system on for best traction when attempting to get vehicle unstuck E110200ABH EU Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transmission A CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over heating transmission damage or failure and tire damage Driving your vehicle x NOTICE a if The ESC system should be turned OFF 3 OBH058035L prior to rocking the vehicle E110300AUN E110400ABH EU Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than
276. mis sion OBH069027 A CAUTION F IF ostossoi8 e Do not tow the vehicle with the FO80200ABH rear wheels on the ground as this Removable towing hook may cause damage to the vehicle if equipped e Do not tow with sling type equip 1 Open the trunk and remove the tow ment Use wheel lift or flatbed ing hook from the tool case equipment 2 Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper What to do in an emergency 3 Install the towing hook by turning it Front If towing service is not available in an clockwise into the hole until it is fully emergency your vehicle may be tem secured porarily towed using a cable or chain 4 Remove the towing hook and install secured to the emergency towing hook the cover after use under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the a Ilas S wheels axles power train steering and m brakes must all be in good condition P e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi h w e cle out of mud sand or other condi e i tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should commu
277. mmediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire depart ment or 911 Follow any safety instructions they provide Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control eS ate oe system OBH048029 Do not spill fuel on the exterior D100500ABH surfaces of the vehicle Any type Emergency fuel filler lid release of fuel spilled on painted surfaces An emergency fuel filler lid release is may damage the paint located in the luggage compartment on e After refueling make sure the fuel the left side cap is installed securely to pre if the fuel filler lid does not open using vent fuel spillage in the event of the remote fuel filler lid release you can an accident open it manually Pull the handle outward slightly A CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively otherwise the luggage area trim or release handle may be damaged Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof control lever after the sunroof is in the fully open closed or tilt position s Damage to the motor or system components could occur X NOTICE The sunroof
278. must ride in the rear seat WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Never leave children unattended Continued e Never use an infant carrier or a in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly
279. n the selected mirror up down left or right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment J CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is depressed Do not depress the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric chromic mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights of the car behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automati cally controls the headlight glare from vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into R Reverse the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle If the ECM of inside rear view mirror operates it will be working J CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liq uid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing Features of your vehicle OBH048043 D140202
280. n accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the air bag Safety features of your vehicle C040902AEN Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and pow
281. n and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible D150304CBH EU Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening The warning light will blink again for approximately 6 seconds when starting the engine If the drivers seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and chime will oper ate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink for the 6 seconds and the warning chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will turn on for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h D150305AUN Turn signal indicator kaad The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals
282. n be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine 1 Press button 2 Say Call 3 Say Number when prompted 4 Say desired phone numbers 5 Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Dial Number 2 Say Dial lt digit gt m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming message and incoming phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press X button for 0 8 second or longer on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press X button on the steering wheel ti ed Features of your vehicle E Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Calls message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Finish a Call Press Y button for 0 8 second or longer on the steering wheel x NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach the other parties This is not a ma
283. n endaicwasdibassnebbatsetanereasonasmerersensice 4 77 Outside thermometer errrsttttttetteteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 4 110 AFLS Adaptive Front Lighting System 4 81 Power oudetoraaesnia enia nE n TE 4 108 Battery saver function sesesseessereeerreeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 77 Rearea AE E 4 112 Headlight escort function eeeeeeeeereeereeeeereeeeseserereereeeeeees 4 77 SLOE araa 4 107 1 4 Index M IS Maintenance services Coe oe cc rere cee ever rerecreereeeeerereeoeereeoeereeoee S 7 5 Scheduled maintenance service eeccococoocoosococoococoococooooooooo 7 8 Mirrors CoCo oer reer ere cer ere ses erereeesereeeeeeeerereeerereeesereeeeeseeseresooes 4 39 Normal maintenance schedule Cece rccreccccccc cee sec ecreecceceecee 7 9 Electric chromic mirror ECM with compass and Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 12 HomeLink System 1 eeeeeteeeereeeeeteeee eters eteeseeees 4 39 Sip Delig otishanecht hiaanditedtatasitentonddanumagnessenmncedinanteathanvess 3 16 Inside rearview Mirror eeeereerereeeeerereeertereeereerereereeees 4 39 Pre tensioner seat belt sacarescarastaceesiertennincedisqerccaes 3 21 Outside rearview mirror E E E A E E 4 45 Seat belt _ Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor eeeeeeeeeeeeereee 3 18 O Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor 3 20 Be E ee eee 1 6 EAI er er ee ere 3 8 3 14 G
284. n section 6 D150312ABH Shift pattern indicator d Jia ap f rd PRND The indicator displays which automatic transmission shift position is selected This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer correct the problem as soon as possible D150313AEN Charging system warning light Features of your vehicle D150309AUN Front fog light indicator if equipped This light comes on when the front fog lights are ON This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid is not closed securely with the ignition in any position This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position D150315AHD Trunk lid open warning light D150316AUN Door ajar warning light D150317CBH Immobilizer indicator Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in
285. n switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse 44 WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab 4 WARNING e When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on
286. n to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries Tt 440BH031050 a a ole i s i POR y E or ry i a j ra ee OBH038028 J f iid N C040600ABH EU Side impact air bag if equipped Safety features of your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front and outboard rear seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s
287. nce More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off N CAUTION Automatic transmission e If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transmission is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing e Before towing check the auto matic transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle If the auto matic transmission fluid is leak ing flatbed equipment or a tow ing dolly must be used Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 5 Owner maintenance 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 13 Engine oil 7 16 Engine coolant 7 18 Brake fluid 7 21 Power steering fluid 7 22 Washer fluid 7 23 Parking brake 7 24 Air cleaner 7 24 Climate control air filter 7 27 Wiper blades 7 29 Battery 7 32 Tires and wheels 7 35 Fuses 7 49 Maintenance Light bulbs 7 60 Appearance care 7 69 Emission control syst
288. ncy EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables Jumper terminal OBH068003L FO40000ABH Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order NOTICE Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk compartment but when you jump start your vehicle use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment FO40100AEN Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set 44 WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury 44 WARNING Battery e Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul f
289. nd air condi desired temperature NOTICE tioning Never place anything over the sensor 1 Press the AUTO button NOTICE located on the instrument panel to The modes fan speeds air intake and To turn the automatic operation off ensure better control of the heating and air conditioning will be controlled auto select any button of the following cooling system matically according to the temperature Mode selection button setting Front windshield defrost button Fan speed control button The selected function will be con trolled manually while other functions operate automatically e For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con trol use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 23 C Features of your vehicle D240200ABH Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected x NOTICE When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation the functions not selected will continue to be controlled automatically Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Nas Cooling Sa 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh
290. nd prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter E120300AEN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station E120400ABH Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle E120600AUN To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid i
291. nder conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position e Each time you push the switch the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows SMe giis SI a ana Si aie e When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat warmer operating the seat warmer will turn OFF e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tem peratures especially if used for long periods of time
292. ndicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again D220101AEN Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster D220200AEN Front wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the front wiper deicer it will be operating at the same time you operate the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM E Type A 1 AUTO automatic control button 2 Front windshield defrost button 3 Rear window defrost button 4 Air conditioning button 5 OFF button 6 Air intake control button 7 AQS Air quality system button if equipped E Type B i 8 Dual temperature control selection button 9 Drivers temperature control button 10 Fan speed control button 11 Mode selection button 12 Passenger s temperature control button OBH042089N OBH048089N D240000ABH EU Features of your vehicle OBH048090N OBH042096 D240100ABH 2 Press the TEMP button to set the Automatic heating a
293. ne OXMO 049228 B571A03Y AAT Floor mat anchor s if equipped When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward i d A WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle e Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was man ufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation HYUNDAI recommends that only the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Features of your vehicle OBH048125 D281000AEN Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment 7 EN rs 0BH048126 D281500ABH Rear curta
294. ng bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque G052200AUN Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts G052300AEN Power steering pump belt and hoses Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the power steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary G052400AUN Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease G052500AUN Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check
295. ngine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 18 2 Radiator Caer ne enn eet 7 19 3 Brake fluid reS rvoir cccccsseeeeees 7 21 A ANRCIGAN Glia eesetaeen a a secs eee 7 24 5 Engine oil dipstick Tan nT a ee 7 16 6 Engine oil filler cap s ccsisccescsceceeese 7 16 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 23 8 FUSEDOR E a AE esate 7 49 9 Power steering fluid reservoir WME HR ST ee emcee 7 22 10 Power steering fluid reservoir Without EHP S etree cet eee 7 22 11 Jumper terminal anae 6 4 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OBH012101L BO30000ABH _ A a i ie Your vehicle at a glance E 4 6 Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 18 Zr RadlatOncd pers arenes wee een 7 19 3 Brake fluid reS rvoir cccccseeeeeees 7 21 ATAU ClOAMCI estore sence ce eese eee oc 7 24 5 Engine oil CIPSUCK tee se eee 7 16 6 Engine ollillencapec signee arc 7 16 7 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 23 B EUSO DOK wernt ere eevee rertccers 7 49 9 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 22 10 Jumper terminal ainra ee 6 4 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OBH018005N E aa 5 BEE eee i ced Your vehicle at a glance E 5 0 Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 18 Zr RadlatOnrcd pers arecmces a een 7 19 3 Brake fluid reS rvoir cccccseeeeeees 7 21 ATAU ClOAMCI create
296. nicate with each other frequent ly OBH068020 F080300AFD Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service What to do in an emergenc CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided OBH068021 e Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 80 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during towing e Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged e Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook e Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force e To avoid damaging the hook do not NOTICE pull from the side or at a vertical angle Emergency towing is not legal in all Always pull straight ahead states Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and tow the vehicle Ci What to do in an emergency F080301ABH Emergency towing precautions Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking brake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performa
297. njury E120700AEN Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish E120800ABH Do not let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the gear selector lever in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the parking brake E120900AUN Do not let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed E121000AUN Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er where you drive your car you should Carry appropriate emergency equipment Some of the items you may
298. nk lid control button to OFF position not depressed 3 Close the glove box and lock the glove box with the master key When leaving the key with a parking lot attendant or valet perform steps 1 to 3 above and leave the sub key with the attendent The sub key can start the engine and operate door locks only Lock release To release the trunk lock feature open the glove box with the master key and set the trunk lid control button to ON position depressed In this position the trunk will open with the trunk lid release lever or transmitter The trunk can never be opened with the sub key D0O10300CBH EU Immobilizer system Your vehicle is equipped with an elec tronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically
299. ns follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following e Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rapid ly and then turns solid after 2 seconds To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light x NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step3 3 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and then release the desired HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the program ming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming 4
300. nsumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your car in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your car in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your car in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your car clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car This extra weight can result in increased fuel con sumption and also contribute to corro sion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your car Weight reduces fuel economy Don t le
301. nterval OBH049337L Warning indicator If the LDWS FAIL warning indicator comes on the LDWS is not working properly Take your vehicle to an author ized HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys tem checked Driving your vehicle The LDWS does not operate when e The driver turns on the turn signal to change lane However when the hazard warning flasher is operating the LDWS oper ates normally Operating the wiper switch with HI mode due to heavy rain Driving on the lane line X NOTICE To change lane operate the turn signal switch then change the lane The LDWS may not warn you even if the vehicle leaves the lane or may warn you even if the vehicle does not leave the lane when The lane can t be visible due to snow rain stain a puddle or many other things The brightness outside changes sud denly Not turning on the headlights at night or in a tunnel Difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marking from the road Driving on a steep grade or a Curve Light reflects from the water on the road The lens or windshield is stained with foreign matter The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog heavy rain or heavy snow The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to a direct sun light The lane is very wide or narrow The lane line is damaged or indistinct A shadow is on the lane line by a medi an strip There is a mark that looks like lane line There is
302. ntify the tire in case of a recall G201001AUN 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown G201002AEN 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P225 55R17 95H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger cars or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 225 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 95 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 5JX17 6 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance
303. ntinued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio XM or CD Depending on the type and capaci ty of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Continued e If the USB device is divided by e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable provided or sold separately is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can
304. ntrol Module A BAG SRS Control Module Audio Front Monitor AV Head Module Rear Monitor With AV Rear Audio Switch Media Module With AV AUDIO B pA SHEATER DAV P TRUNK eoa Power Trunk id ontolModuleSSCSC SCS FLID sh RF RECEIVER A CON B 10A AIC Control Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module 30A P Junction Box LH Fuse MODULE 3 10A AUDIO B 15A Rf Receiver 10A A CON IG1 15A Maintenance Instrument panel Passanger s side fuse panel Description Fuserating Proectedcomponemt G KEY SUPPLY 0A ER Junction Box Fuse AQS 108 WASHER TSA SSS SUNROOF a fovehead Constan OOOO SSS G2 PISEAT PASS S HEATER RR 00 Rear Seat Warmer Module LH RH Rear Power Seat Control Switch TOA 20A Passenger CCS Control Module Passenger Seat Warmer Moue 20A Rear Power Seat Relay Box Rear Side mt SwichtH O OC oO e Audio Camera Module Rear Audio Switch Front Monitor Media Module AV Head Module Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel Description Fuserating Protected cOMporen T PLHPWR eoa WPs OO OOOO PRHPWR 60A__ PJuncionBox i OOOO oO CIFAN EHPS AIR ECS AMP 1 40A JA JBL AMP AMP 2 60A 60A OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA OA 5A PDM ACC VDC ESC 1 VOCIESC2 Suen SoMa TRUNK vS D STOP LP Stop Lamp Relay Stop Lamp Switch IPM B UP LP Rear Combination Lamp LH RH IN Electro Chromic Mirror Camera Module Rear Curtain M
305. ntrol lever upward to direction and then stop the second detent The sunroof will tilt all The auto reverse function does not work the way open To stop the sunroof tilting if a small obstacle is between the sliding at any point operate the control lever lass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and lever downward until the sunroof moves MOtor could be damaged objects are away from the sunroof before to the desired position While using the sunroof for a long closing it time dust that collects between sunroof and the roof panel can cause noise Open the sunroof and regularly remove the dust using clean cloth CAUTION e Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the Features of your vehicle C te ae OBH048034 D110300ABH Sunshade The sunshade will automatically open with the glass panel when the glass panel slides open Close it manually if you want it closed CAUTION The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open D110500BBH Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to t
306. nts accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or once a year If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer el Features of your vehicle D230400AEN Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer x NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor and abnormal system operation may occur OBH049111N D231000BBH EU Rear vent It will operate at the same time when you operate the climate control system You can adjust the temperature by turn ing the temperatu
307. o function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A Green arrow indicators on the instru ment panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator contin ues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch triple turn signal if equipped To activate an one touch triple turn signal move the turn signal lever slightly for less than 1 8 seconds and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times X NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit OBH049079 D190700AHD EU Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility and avoid accidents when visibil ity is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to ON after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF J CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visi
308. o the OFF or Auto position If the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the function can only operate at night CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore it caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle NWF OBH049072 D190400AUN Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light AFLS position if equipped Features of your vehicle OBH049073 D190401ABH Parking light position 00 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights are ON and the tail light indicator is ON if equipped OBH049074 D190402ABH Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights are ON x NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OBH049075 D190403AUN Auto light AFLS position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light posit
309. ocked if the unlock button is pressed once more with in 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice again to indicate that all doors and trunk are unlocked After depressing this button the doors and trunk will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 sec onds NOTICE You can change the system to unlock all doors by pressing the unlock button once on the smart key If you want this feature central door unlock mode per form the following Unlock mode conversion two stage unlock mode lt gt central door unlock mode smart key only if equipped The unlock mode is changed alternately by pressing the lock button and unlock button on the smart key at the same time for 4 seconds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times to indicate that the mode conversion is completed D020104BBH EU Trunk unlock 3 The trunk is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second when all doors are locked The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the trunk is unlocked Also once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will be locked automati cally sel Features of your vehicle DO20200AEN EU Transmitter precautions D020105ABH Alarm 4 Continued e If the transmitter is in close proximity The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec ond
310. odule VACUUM PUMP Maintenance Description Fuserating Protectedcomponemt O O O Engine Control Relay BLOWER Blower Relay Ignition Switch IG 2 START Presafety Seat Belt Passenger E R Junction Box Fuse AQS 10A WASHER 15A Ignition Switch IG 1 ACC Presafety Seat Belt Driver Gt GN COIL NJECTOR S Maintenance Description Fuse rating protected component SENSOR 1 ECM Mass Air Flow Sensor Oxygen Sensor 1 2 3 4 Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Manifold Valve Oil Control Valve ECM SENSOR 2 Kae Cooling Fan Relay Immobilizer Module Fuel Pump Resister Maintenance LIGHT BULBS G220000AEN Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the head light assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle x NOTICE After driving in rain or washing the headlight and taillight lenses could appear frosty Thi
311. ommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 or the label in the engine room Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT R Replace Inspect and after Inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MILES X 1000 52 5 67 5 82 5 20 97 5 105 112 DESCRIPTION KILOMETERS X 1000 12 24 36 48 60 72 4 96 08 120 132 156 168 moms fo e eeo felele eo e a ml a e f va STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS GENERAL ITEMS 11 LOWER ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BALL JOINT 2 POWER STEERING FLUID 3 POWER STEERING PUMP BELT AND HOSES EHPS MOTOR PUMP AND HOSES 1 1 1 IF EQUIPPED DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER lt o1 1 FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT 8 REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL 9 PROPELLER SHAFT Rear differential oil should be changed anytime the rear differential _ N O in water D O a ave been submerge el Maintenance G040200ABH EU MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary ENGNEOLANDFLTER OOOO O n S VERY AFSOWILES ODDKNN ORBMONTHS ABGOE RGM IIR AmceanenrureR MOREFReQUENTY GE C YO RE
312. on 6 INFO Button 7 CAT FOLDER Button BH_PA710BH_XM RADIO Features of your vehicle Using XM Satellite Radio 1 XM Button Turns to XM Satellite Radio Mode XM mode toggles in order to XM1XM2 XM3 XM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 SEEK Button e Press the SEEK V button for less than 0 8 second to select previous channel e Press the SEEK V button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to continuously move to previous channel e Press the SEEK button for less than 0 8 second to select next channel e Press the SEEK button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to continuously move to next channel e Radio ID Seek or Tune to XM channel 0 to display the Radio ID 3 SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all channels To cancel the scan mode press the button once again 4 PRESET Buttons Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the channel saved in each button Push pre set button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to save the current channel to the respective button with a beep 5 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise to display channels after Also turn this button counterclockwise to display channels before current channel XM setup mode It will be able to change the XM display ex Display by category channel or artist song title 6 INFO Button Displays the information of the current channel in the order of Artist Song title Categ
313. on Alabama Arkansas Louisiana Mississippi New Mexico Oklahoma Tennessee Texas South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road Suite 400 Coppell TX 75019 800 633 5151 Central Region Illinois Indiana lowa Kentucky Michigan Minnesota Nebraska North Dakota South Dakota Ohio Wisconsin Kansas Missouri Central Region 1705 Sequoia Drive Aurora Illinois 60506 800 633 5151 Western Region Alaska Hawaii Arizona California Colorado Idaho Montana Nevada Oregon Utah Washington Wyoming Western Region 10550 Talbert Avenue P O Box 20850 Fountain Valley California 92728 0850 800 633 5151 i Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BINDING ARBITRATION U S A ONLY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS HO70000AEN If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar
314. on clockwise or counter clockwise it will display the category menu To select the displayed menu press the button 7 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM Play Screen TITLE el Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models A CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The HYUNDAI iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on Continued When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not iPod Mini maa By anoe may eatae Using the Pod device iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic malonclon and should nol De When not using IPod with car generation used for HYUNDAI vehicles audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Nano 1Ist 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology inter
315. onal safety precautions All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modi
316. one numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred e Adding Entry by Voice 1 Press button 2 Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard 3 Say Add Entry 4 Say By Voice to proceed 5 Say the name of the entry when prompted 6 Say Yes to confirm 7 Say the phone number of that entry when prompted 8 Say Store if phone number input is finished 9 Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available 10 Say Yes to complete adding entry 11 Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process kk ced Features of your vehicle x NOTICE e The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized e You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths e To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string e Recommend to enter the numbers con stituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 e The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows e Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four
317. ongs after the current song Also turn this button counterclockwise to display songs before the current song To listen to the displayed song press the button to skip to the song and play Features of your vehicle 8 INFO Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK or FILE in the order of DISC TITLE DISC ARTIST TRACK TITLE TRACK ARTIST TOTAL Play Screens DISC TITLE when the button is pressed each time 9 FOLDER Button e Press the FOLDER V button child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press the FOLDER button parent folder and displays the first song in the folder Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder MP3 only 10 LOAD Button Press the LOAD button to load CDs to available 6 Disc deck from 1 6 Push LOAD button for more than 0 8 second to load into all available decks The last CD will play 11 CD Slot Insert CD with printed side upward and gently push in When the ignition switch is on ACC or ON and power is off power is automatically turned on if the CD is loaded This CDP supports 12 cm CDs But if VCD Data CD or DVD discs are loaded Media Error message will appear Features of your vehicle A CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure
318. onitoring sensor When the low pressure tire is replaced with the spare tire the low tire pressure and the low tire pres sure position telltales may extinguish and the TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate after restarting and within 20 minutes continuous driving The TPMS malfunction indicator may remain on until the original tire equipped with a tire pressure moni toring sensor is reinflated to the rec ommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle until the vehicle has been driven for a few minutes Once the low pressure tire is re inflated to the recommended pres sure and installed on the vehicle the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure and position tell tales will extinguish within a few min utes of driving If the indicators do not extinguish after a few minutes please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pres sure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and
319. onnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device ina short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If you disconnect the external USB Continued e If the USB device is divided by Continued e The data in the USB memory may device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio XM or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos throu
320. ontrol system 5 40 Lane departure warning system LDWS 5 51 Economical operation 5 54 Special driving conditions 5 56 Winter driving 5 60 Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit 5 64 Vehicle weight 5 69 Trailer towing 5 70 Driving your vehicle E010000ABH EU 44 WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately e Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with
321. or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transmis sion and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll Then release the park ing brake e Do not hold the vehicle on an incline with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transmission to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle kuise Ser 2 6 OBHO051050 CRUISE indicator CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be activat ed unintentionally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open x NOTICE e During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in nor mal condition highways in good weather
322. or light for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed When the door unlock button is pressed A CAUTION A CAUTION on the transmitter To prevent unnecessary charging To prevent unnecessary charging When the door unlock button is pressed system drain close the glove box system drain close the vanity mir on the smart key SEG MCU CICLO 12 ror cover after using the mirror When the button of the outside door han dle is pressed When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession But if you don t lock or unlock the doors for 14 days after you lock the doors the light does not come on Press the door unlock button on the transmitter smart key or press the button of the front outside door handle The welcome light will illuminate Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER D220000AUN CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window x NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion OBH048088 D220100AEN Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The i
323. ory Channel nameCurrent Play Channel Artist Song titleCategory Cha nnel name when the button is pressed each time If the complete text information is not dis played rotate the tune button to see the next page 7 CAT FOLDER Button e Press CAT V button to search previ ous category e Press CAT A button to search next category To listen to the displayed category press the TUNE SETUP button To scan channel in displayed category press the scan button To search channel in displayed category press seek buttons or turn the tune but ton clockwise counterclockwise CATEGORY icon will be turned on in Category mode Features of your vehicle RADIO SET UP VOLUME CONTROL CD Changer PA760BH 1 FM AM Button 2 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob 3 SEEK Button 4 PRESET Buttons 1 5 O 5 DISPLAY Screen ON OFF Button 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 7 SCAN Button 7 Lexicon mark is optional BH_PA760BH_RADIO Features of your vehicle Using RADIO SET UP VOLUME Control 1 FM AM Button Turns to FM or AM mode and toggles in the order of FM1i FM2 AM FM1 when the button is pressed each time 2 POWER Button amp VOLUME Knob Turns the set on off when the IGNITION SWITCH is on ACC or ON If the button is turned to the right it increases the vol ume and left decreases the volume 3 SEEK Button e When the SEEK V button is pressed it reduces the band frequency to a
324. ot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage and could result in seri ous personal injury from escap ing hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cool ing system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Continued Continued e Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury WARNING The electric motor cooling fan is con trolled by engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed It may some times operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant tem perature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition If your vehicle is equipped with GDI the electric motor cooling fan may operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable Maintenance OBHO071004 Check the condition and connections of all
325. ot apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged Damage to the parking brake may occur 4A WARNING e To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is securely positioned in P Park Never allow anyone who is unfa miliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake If the parking brake is released unintentionally serious injury may occur All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which can injure occupants or pedestrians CAUTION e A click sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is function ing properly When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet make sure to inform him her how to operate the EPB OJQ BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necess
326. ot weather Using 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of Temperature oils of any viscosity other than those rec a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 ommended could result in engine dam However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the age proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart 8 6 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN Frame number _ OBH088001 HO10000ABH The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger s seat To check the number open the cover VIN label OBHO88005N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OBH089002 H020000ABH EU The vehicle certification label attached on the drivers side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN ke a ee ll Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL H04000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing HO30000AUN The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best p
327. ould always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for cars equipped with an anti lock braking system or Electronic Stability Control system may be longer than for those without it in the following road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds e Rough gravel or snow covered roads e With tire chains installed Continued Continued e On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height The safety features of an ABS or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering This could endanger the safety of yourself or others Drivin our vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion warrants and allow the ABS to con trol the force being delivered to the brakes X NOTICE A click sound may
328. out of gear This is extremely hazardous Keep the car in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed e Do not ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the car pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your car is equipped with an auto matic transmission do not let your car creep forward To avoid creeping for ward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the car is stopped Driving your vehicle e Be careful when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the gear selector lever in P If your car is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the car from rolling If your car is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the car from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling block the wheels e Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow
329. pear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass B520CO5NF el Features of your vehicle 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by fo
330. peration of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if snow chains are used or some sep arate electronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or nav igation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Continued Continued e If there is a failed tire sensor it is possible for TPMS to tem porarily learn a replacement sensor when you drive closely to another vehicle equipped with TPMS too In rare cases this may temporarily delay the TPMS malfunction turning on F060300BBH EU Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure and Position telltales will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire A CAUTION NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor What to do in an emergency Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure m
331. pos sible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle D150323AUN EU ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator ESC The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating The ESC indicator stays on when the ESC may have a malfunction Take your car to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deac tivated D150324AEN EU ESC OFF indicator D150325ABH Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator light in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator light turns off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system or Smart cruise control system in section 5 CRUISE indicator Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise funct
332. pose the battery according to your local law s or regulation When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected Continued J CAUTION When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in a low tempera ture area disconnect the battery and keep it indoors Always charge the battery fully to prevent the battery case from being damaged in a low tempera ture area If you connect unauthorized elec tronic devices to the battery the battery may be discharged Never use unauthorized devices Maintenance G190200ABH Battery recharging by battery charger Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours e If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Battery recharging by vehicle After a jump start from a good battery run the engine for 20 30 minutes at idle or driving the vehicle before it is shutoff Vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had ch
333. pped if equipped Turn signal indicator Cruise SET indicator AFLS AFLS malfunction indicator if equipped if equipped SCC malfunction indicator ESC indicator if equipped ABER ECO indicator if equipped SCC sensor malfunction indica ESC OFF indicator V tor if equipped eS Tail light indicator ehi dp dp TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator if equipped Low fuel level warning light Low tire pressure telltale if equipped BES LDWS indicator if equipped Immobilizer indicator ABS warning light Parking brake amp Brake fluid a warning light G W pu gt A Engine oil pressure warning light Low tire pressure position tell tale if equipped PPO a Wea LDWS malfunction indicator Taua if equipped ZN Front fog light indicator if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Low windshield washer fluid Si level warning light if equipped Charging system warning light E A Sf e Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle ata glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock bULOM 2 c2 4 17 2 Power window switches 00 4 23 3 Outside rearview mirror control SWIA See ae ea yee eee 4 46 4 Trunk lid release switch 05 4 20 5
334. pressing the ESC switch again G270100AUN 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system G270200AUN 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere st ced Maintenance E G270201AUN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the engine intake manifold through the purge control sole noid valve G270202AUN Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordin
335. proximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening The warning light will blink again for approximately 6 seconds when starting the engine Safety features of your vehicle If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink for the 6 seconds and the warning chime will turn off imme diately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will turn on for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h ke ed Safety features of your vehicle OBH038071N Seat belt warning for front passenger s seat As a reminder to the front passenger the front passenger s seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the pas senger s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle speed exceed
336. r OBH048205L Operation of the parking assist system D170101ABH Operating condition e This system will activate when the parking assist button is pressed with the engine running e Sensing distance in backing up is approximately 39 37 in 100 cm when you are driving less than 6 21 mph 10 km h e Sensing distance in moving forward is approximately 23 62 in 60 cm when you are driving less than 6 21 mph 10 km h e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Features of your vehicle X NOTICE The parking assist system may not oper ate if the vehicle s distance from the object is already less than approximate ly 9 84 in 25 cm when the system is ON D170102ABH Types of warning sound e When an object is 39 37 in 100 cm to 23 62 in 61 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 23 62 in 60 cm to 11 81 in 31 cm from the front or rear bumper Buzzer sounds two beeps intermittently e When an object is within 11 81 in 30 cm of the front or rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously D170200ABH Non operational conditions of parking assist system Parking assist system may not oper ate normally when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture melts 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will ope
337. rate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water Sensing range will return to normal when removed There is a possibility of parking assist system malfunction when 1 Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads gravel bumps or gradient 2 Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes can inter fere with the sensor 3 Heavy rain or water spray 4 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sensor 5 Sensor is covered with snow el Features of your vehicle Detecting range may decrease when 1 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold 2 Undetectable objects smaller than 39 37 in 1 m and narrower than 5 51 in 14 cm in diameter The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow X NOTICE 1 The warning may not sound sequen tially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected The parking assist system may mal function if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modi fied Any non factory installed equip ment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance Sensor may not recognize objects less
338. rate the displays the shift lever position when the engine in R Reverse or any for ignition switch is in the ON position ward gear position with the brakes on P Park When stopped on an incline do Always come to a complete stop before not hold the vehicle stationary Shifting into P Park This position locks with engine power Use the serv the transmission and prevents the drive wheels from rotating ice brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Driving your vehicle R Reverse AN CAUTION Use this position to drive the vehicle The transmission may be damaged backward if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion A CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transmission if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except as explained in Rocking the vehicle in this sec tion N Neutral The wheels and transmission are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transmission will automatically shift through a 8 gear sequence provid ing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at whic
339. re how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 1 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal x NOTICE Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static electrici ty If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY Type A Type B OTG040001A Remote keyless entry system operations D020101ABH EU Lock 1 All doors and trunk are locked if the lock button is pressed The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked However if any door or trunk remains open the hazard warning lights and the chime will not operate If all doors and trunk are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights blink D020102ABH EU Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and trunk are unl
340. re control knob Turn the knob to the red mark when warm air is desired or to the blue mark when cool air is desired The outlet vents can be opened or closed using the thumbwheel To close the vent rotate it down to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it up to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AEN e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed e f warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OBH049103 heater and defroster efficiency and to D250201AEN EU reduce the probability of fogging up the To defog inside windshield inside of the windshield 1 Select desired fan speed 2 Select desired temperature NOTICE 3 Press the defrost button W0 If the engine temperature is still cold 4 The outside fresh air position will be after starting then a brief engine warm selected automatically up period may be required for the vent f the outside fresh air position is not ed air flow
341. reas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting G230106AUN Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when it has cooled e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any alkaline or acid deter gent It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish el Maintenance ee G230107AUN Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces cars of the highest qual ity However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s coop eration and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common
342. reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home light ing etc OBH048235N 1 Channel 1 button 2 Channel 2 button 3 Status indicator LED 4 Channel 3 button 5 Rear light sensor 6 Dimming ON OFF button 7 Compass control button 8 8 Compass display Features of your vehicle Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tions based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing behind you The auto dimming func tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status
343. res are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge typ Blown Normal Fusible link a Blown OBHO072060 Normal G210000ABH EU A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 4 fuse panels two locat ed in the drivers side and passenger s side panel bolster the others are in the engine compartment If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will be melted If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse discon nect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system x NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items ks el Mainten
344. ress the TRACK V button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press the TRACK button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song Press the TRACK button for 0 8 second or longer to initiate high speed sound search of current song 5 Category Button Press CAT FOLDER A V button to move the category and display the first song in the category Press TUNE SETUP button to move to the category displayed It will play the first song in the folder PLAYLISTS ARTISTS gt ALBUMS GENRES SONGS COMPOSERS PLAYLISTS 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button Turn this button clockwise or counter clockwise it will display the category menu To select the displayed menu press the button 7 INFO Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM Play Screen TITLE el Features of your vehicle Continued e When the iPod cable is connected NOTICE FOR USING THE pad DEVICE N CAUTION IN USING THE Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano Ist 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod
345. rge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burn ing If you must re enter the vehi cle you should once again elimi nate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gasoline source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity dis charge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be main tained until the filling is complete Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline Continued Continued e Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire If a fire breaks out during refuel ing leave the vicinity of the vehi cle and i
346. ri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible C020402AUN Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric C020403AEN When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM C030000AEN EU Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child r
347. rn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature a Sel Features of your vehicle D230503AEN Air conditioning Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct X NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 2 3 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button Set the mode to the 8 position Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort tem monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temper atures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be oper ated with the windows closed sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the
348. rned to a child restraint system C020302AKM Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not cross the abdomen Safety features of your vehicle C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations C020304AUN One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident C020305ABH Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the car is mov ing A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position C020400ABH Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse C020401AEN Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected pe
349. roximately 3 seconds This delay is normal To activate smart cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once CRUISE indicator SET indicator Set speed Vehicle to vehicle distance trol when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Continued after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel smart cruise control is in normal condition Driving your vehicle OBH058020 E150100ABH To set cruise control speed 1 Push the cruise ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed e min 19 mph 30 km h when there is no vehicle in front e min 6 mph 10 km h when there is a vehicle in front OBH058021 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illumi nate Release the accelerator pedal The desired speed will automatically be maintained If there is a vehicle in front of you the speed may decrease to maintain the dis tance to the vehicle ahead On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or
350. rrrrerrrrerreerrreererrerererreeesseeesesenesenen 4 14 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eeereeeerereee 6 7 Changing a tire with TPMS sssssssssecsssasssessreress 6 10 Low tire pressure position telltale seeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 8 Low tire pressure oles ote re 6 8 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction indicator rrress eeeteeeteeeeeeeeseessrecceeeeeeeeeees 6 9 Tire specification and pressure label eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeee 8 8 Tires and IS arenei EnA RRAN 7 35 8 3 PAR E L E E E OE N OE ETE T47 Checking tire inflation pressure eseese 7 36 Compact spare tire replacement r T 7 40 Radial ply tires ceecee apinan 7 48 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 35 Snow treg sssssseessinsenrnssisnoniinsses kisanta ainiin nina naknan aaas 7 47 S mmer tires ee ee ee 7 47 PT R AEEA E AIE OE E N 7 35 TE a AE AE EE 7 48 Tire maintenance ssssssssssssesessssesssescssseesceseseseseeeeseesesee 7 40 Tire replacement eo 7 39 Titerotation eree ee ee aias 7 37 Tire sidewall labeling s s ssssesevsscsssesersessavavascsrsonsees 7 41 Tire terminology and definitions eee 7 45 hime oo inini s ee RSa 7 40 Wheel alignment and tire balance eereeeeeeereeeeeeeeeee 7 38 Wheel replacement 1 1sssssssssseensssnssssssesevescaeesinannnnvaian 7 40 TOWING eriei aiia a REE E a 6 21 Emergency towing ee EREE eee 6 23 Removable towing hooks sssesesessesesssssasssesesnenens 6 22 Trailer towings ssssssisisenssssssavessssivisessasa
351. runk is open D040102BBH EU Unlocking Press the button in the driver s outside door handle with all doors and trunk closed and locked to unlock the driver s door The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that the drivers door is unlocked All doors and trunk are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors and trunk are unlocked Press the button in the front passenger s outside door handle with all doors and trunk closed and locked to unlock all doors and trunk The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that all doors and trunk are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the front outside door handle other people can also open the doors without possession of the smart key NOTICE You can change the system to unlock all doors by pushing the button once in the driver s outside door handle If you want this feature central door unlock mode perform the following Unlock mode conversion two stage unlock mode lt central door unlock mode if equipped The unlock mode is changed alternately by pressing the lock button and unlock button on the smart key at the same time for 4 second
352. s Door courtesy lamps If equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS lIO20000AEN EU Inflation pressure Maximum load Ibeft kgem Nem Front Front Rear P215 60R17 6 5Jx17 P225 55R17 230 230 230 230 Full size tire P235 50R18 7 5Jx18 33 33 33 33 65 79 20 420 9 11 88 107 60 60 20 420 60 60 A CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly P235 45R19 8 0Jx19 420 420 T135 90D17 4 0Tx17 Compact 60 60 spare tire 420 420 T155 80R18 4 0Tx18 60 60 Normal load Up to 3 persons 4 4 X NOTICE It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon Tires typically loose Ipsi for every 12 F temperature drop If extreme temperature variations are expected re check your tire pressure as nec essary to keep them properly inflated ke el Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES 040000BBH EU To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle
353. s 6 mph 10 km h the passenger s seat belt warning light will blink for at least 6 seconds until the belt is fastened B180A01NF 1 C020102ABH EU Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly X NOTICE If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the safety belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety features of your vehicle Front seat P To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position E 1 B200A02NF OBH03802 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of 4 positions for max
354. s around the sensor and do not replace the bumper by yourself It may inter fere with the sensor performance Always keep the sensor and bumper clean To prevent sensor cover damage from occurring wash the car with a soft cloth Do not damage the sensor or sen sor area by a strong impact If the sensor moves slightly off posi tion the smart cruise control sys tem will not operate correctly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos sible Use only a genuine HYUNDAI sensor cover for your vehicle OBH058029 E150900ABH Limitations of the system The smart cruise control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traf fic conditions On curves On curves the smart cruise contro system may not detect a moving vehi cle in your lane and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed Also the vehicle speed will slow down when the vehicle ahead is recognized sud denly Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accel erator pedal if necessary i i Driving your vehicle OBH058045 E150903ABH Lane changing OBH058030 e Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane OBH058053 E150902ABH On inclines Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of
355. s condition is caused by the temperature difference between the lamp inside and outside This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn t indicate a problem with your vehicle If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 1 OBH071053 G220100BBH Headlight position light turn sig nal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Front side marker light 4 Front turn signal light 5 Position light 6 Front fog light if equipped Maintenance G220101AUN EU Headlight bulb OHDO076046 Headlight HID type bulb replace ment if equipped If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If your vehicle is equipped with High Intensity Discharge HID headlights these headlights con tain mercury So if you need to have your vehicle disposed you should remove the HID Headlights before disposal The removed HID head lights should be recycled re used or disposed as hazardous waste X NOTICE HID lamps have superior performance vs halogen bulbs HID lamps are esti mated by the manufacturer to last twice as long or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle Cycling the
356. s or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times to indicate that the mode conversion is completed D040103ABH EU Trunk unlocking When all doors are locked if you are with in 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside trunk handle with your smart key in your possession the trunk will unlock when you press the trunk handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the trunk is unlocked Also once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will be locked automati cally D040104ABH Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to the Engine start stop button in section 5 ke kt Features of your vehicle DO040300AEN EU Smart key precautions NOTICE If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer to pro tect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of following occur The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key You keep the smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle
357. s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each
358. s that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode by attempt ing to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Automatic Locking mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage C030103ABH EU Securing a child restraint seat with Tether Anchor system Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray S afety features of your vehicle OBHO030105 1 Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under th
359. s the vehicle is driven the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker This is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color CAUTION The use of a non specified fluid could result in transmission mal function and failure Use only specified automatic trans mission fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 G051500AUN Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately G051600AUN Brake fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Never mix different types of fluid G051700AUN Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Maintenance nnn TT G051900AUN Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage G052000AUN Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen care fully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary G052100AUN Suspension mounti
360. seat The occupant classification system detects the pres ence of a passenger in the front passen ger s seat and will turn off the front pas senger s air bag under certain condi tions For more detail see Occupant classification system in this section Safety features of your vehicle 4 WARNING If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability please contact the Hyundai Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 633 5151 NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly belted and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any
361. shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine When the door is open or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachome ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi tion with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run ning Features of your vehicle CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam age OBH041051 D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle D150206ABH EU Trip computer The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving including odometer tripmeter elapsed time average speed average fuel con sumption if equipped instant fuel con sumption and distance to empty on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving informa tion except odometer is reset if the bat A CAUTION tery is disconnected OBH041052 ivi a ise void driving with a very low fue
362. speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill OBH058022 E150200ABH To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km h or 5 mph Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the RES switch is operated in this manner el Driving your vehicle OBH058021 E150300ABH To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph or 10 km h Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the SET switch is operated in this manner e You can set the speed 19 mph 30 km h E150400ABH To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator If you press the SET switch at increased speed the cruising speed will be set again X NOTICE Be careful when accelerating temporar ily because the speed is not regulated automatically at this time even if t
363. ss the trunk unlock but ton for more than 1 second on the transmitter or smart key press the button on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession or insert the master key or mechanical key of the smart key into the lock and turn it clockwise Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk is locked automatically e f the trunk is unlocked it can be opened by pulling the handle up Features of your vehicle D070200ABH _ Ss Closing the trunk To close lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened always check by trying to pull it up OBH048014 DO70300ABH Emergency trunk safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release cable located inside the trunk The lever glows in the dark when the trunk lid is closed If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk pulling this handle will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle X NOTICE Close the trunk and keep the trunk lid control button in the OFF not depressed position before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash DO70403ABH EU Trunk lid control button The trunk lid control button located in the vehicle glove box is used to prevent unauthorized access to the trunk e When the trunk lid control button is ON depressed the trunk can be unlocked with the trunk lid release lever and the transmitt
364. st manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immedi ately if there is any evidence of deterio ration or damage GO50800AEN Air cleaner filter A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced ka al Maintenance E G050900AUN Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range G051000AEN Valve clearance 3 8L Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized HYUNDAI dealer should perform the operation G051100AUN Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts G051200AUN Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Automatic transmission fluid Automatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter X NOTICE Automatic transmission fluid color is basically red A
365. stem is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the navigation display while backing up The green line 1 is the position 118 11 in 800 cm from the rear bumper The yellow line 2 is the position 39 37 in 100 cm from the rear bumper The red line 3 is the position 19 68 in 50 cm from the rear bumper WARNING e This system is a supplementary function only It is the responsi bility of the driver to always check the inside outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If the lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally X NOTICE The rearview camera may not operate normally when you drive in the extremely high or low temperature area operating temperature 20 C 6S5 C 13 F 149 F HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OBH068001N D180000AUN The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100ABH Battery saver
366. system 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front pas senger seat the system may recog nize him her as an adult depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat Activated Deactivated Deactivated 4 There is a malfunction in the Deactivated system Safety features of your vehicle Continued OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with hips shifted Never place feet on the dash front passenger seat or seatback towards the front of the seat board pocket gt OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place feet on the front pas Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center senger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position If the PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator is NOTICE still on ask the passenger to move to the rear seat The PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion or after the engine is started If the
367. t in motion the driving time is calculated while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 If the ignition switch is turned to OFF for more than 2 hours it will be reset automatically Type I Type II Average Fuel Consumption Pa P ee Za OBH042333N Average fuel consumption if equipped MPG or 100 km This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation begin driving the vehicle for several miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 6 MPH 1 km h after refueled more than 1 6 gal lons 6 J the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero Features of your vehicle Type I Type II Instant Fuel Consumption MPG CUT 0 25 50 Instant Fuel Consumption OBH042334N Instant fuel consumption MPG or 100km This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption every 0 2 second from the driving distance and quantity of fuel con sumed X NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has
368. t name or similar name to voice command 6 Bluetooth Wireless Technology sys tem will repeat the name you stated 7 Say Yes to confirm 8 The audio displays searching passkey 0000 and asks you to initiate pairing procedure from the phone 9 Search the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system on your phone Your phone should display your vehi cle model name on the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device list Then attempt pairing on your phone 10 After Pairing is completed your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system kk ced Features of your vehicle This process may take from a few minutes to over 10 minutes depend ing on the phone model and number of entries in the phone contact list 11 By manual operation Select PAIR in PHONE menu then proceed from step 5 X NOTICE Depending on the phone make and model the phone book contact list may not transfer to the audio system X NOTICE e Until the audio displays Transfer Complete Bluetooth Wireless Technology hands free feature may not be fully operational e If the phone is paired to two or more vehicles of the same model i e both vehicles are HYUNDAI GENESIS some phones may not handle Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone from GENESIS e Refer to your phone s User s Guide or contact your c
369. t the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in too high a gear resulting in the engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speeds e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it e Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy e Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS as a a A e ms OBH058034 E110100ABH Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or si
370. t until it locks into place Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 7 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole O Back up stop and tail light g 0BH078034 lf the light is not operating have the vehi OBH072101N cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Rear turn signal light dealer High mounted stop light 1 Open the trunk lid 1 Remove the rear seat 2 Remove the service cover by pulling out 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable the service cover 2 Remove the rear seat cushion 1 I I I I I I I I I I I Maintenance t OBHO72102N OVIO71123N T ovio71124N 3 Loosen the mounting bolts then 4 Disconnect the connector 5 Push the hook disconnect the main remove the rear seat back connector Tightening torque 34 3 53 9 N m 3 5 5 5 kgf m 25 3 39 8 lb ft Maintenance OVIO71125N va OBH072103N BS 4 eS OVIO71132N 6 Loosen the mounting bolts then dis 2 Remove the rear package tray trim 2 Loosen the mounting screw then connect the connector 1 Remove the rear door scuff trim remove the rear wheel house trim 7 Remove the side seat te ed Maintenance pa i RS 0V1071135N OBH072104N OVIO71134N 3 Remove the cap then loosen the 5 Push the hook remove the rear seat 6 Remove the rear seat belt lower
371. tal injuries e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of a vehicle equipped with side and or curtain air bags be sure to install the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and securely lock the child restraint system in position Inflation of side and or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant or child Safety features of your vehicle ao E 7113 5 4 OBH032079N C040100ABH EU SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module Passenger s front air bag module Side impact air bag modules Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assemblies Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors 10 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant classification Front passenger s seat only pe 0 S a rN system 12 Drivers and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Drivers anchor pre tensioner assembly The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment eo W7 147 The SRS air bag warning light AF on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS
372. teasaviseeoesesnasaneanss 5 70 Ea EE EEE E A E EEA AE 4 20 Emergency trunk safety islet ism ee 4 21 Trunk lid control button sssssssssesssssssssssssssssseesseesesseeee 4 22 Vehicle break in process s sissssswssssarasesssnensssarsssaavans 1 5 Vehicle certification label ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeestaeees g 7 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Vehicle identification number VIN eeeereerereeereereeee 8 6 Vehicle load WET ree 5 64 Cargo Capacity E a E E E 5 65 Certification label eeesseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesessssssseeeeeesessssesrrees 5 67 Seating capacity EE E 5 64 Tire and loading information label 5 64 TOWING Capacity ena 5 65 Vehicle capacity weight i sssssssessissesusassasssosenness 5 64 Vehicle Weight ae E R 5 69 Base curb weight Heseciiesiteiirsisiitssieissseieeess 5 69 Cargo Weight lt ssssssissosisnsnsseosssosssoaniosnssentsasaarsessvanssess 5 69 Index GAW Gross axle weight sssssssssssssessnvsseveavisssess 5 69 GAWR Gross axle weight rating oee 5 69 GVW Gross vehicle weight ssssssersersseesuresens 5 69 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eereee 5 69 W T i E EE EA HIA O e E E E E ET 4 23 Auto up down window sssssissesissvsssisisansiassasesecoaees 4 24 Power window lock button essttesteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 26 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 101 Auto defogging SYSTEM eerrrrrrrrereereerer
373. ted OBH038100 OBH030101 The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly driver side Safety features of your vehicle X NOTICE The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat vey and the SRS air bag warning light f on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly the warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible WARNING e Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not
374. teering wheel angle pull up the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 then pull down the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving ee OBH048038L D130302ABH Electric type Adjust the steering wheel angle 2 and position 3 with the knob 1 Never adjust the position of the steering wheel while driving OBH048039L D130500AUN Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on the steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly x NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on the steering wheel See illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D140100AUN Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror to center on the view through the rear window Make this adjustment before you start driving D140105AEN Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and compass if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and
375. tem Continued Continued Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the door and the seat Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the sup plemental side impact air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch Is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant classification system Safety features of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Continued e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child restraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked position Do not allow the passengers to WARNING e
376. tery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 e Driver position memory system See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle G200200AEN EU Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 All specifications sizes and pressures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ri
377. th the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system G270303AEN Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Avoid driving with a very low fuel level If you run out of gasoline it could cause the engine to misfire and result in exces sive loading of the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties i et e
378. the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg eee gq esse e e e e ss Maintenance E Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer
379. the climate control seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could impair the climate con trol seat performance When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and prevented from working properly Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked When the air vent does not oper ate restart the vehicle If there is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer i el Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Passengers should use extreme caution when using the climate control seat to warm due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the fol lowing types of passengers 1 Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc
380. the level The level should be between F and L J CAUTION e Do not overfill with engine oil Engine damage may result e Do not spill engine oil when adding OBH071002N or changing engine oil If you spill E OBH071003N Engine Oif in IRE engine SOO Wipe If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring it off immediately the level to F Do not overfill G060100AEN EU Checking the engine oil level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 Maintenance G0O60200AEN EU Changing the engine oil and filter CP Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to HYUNDAI the Maintenance Schedule at the begin ning of this section RECOMMENDS Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT GO70000AUN The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate G070100AEN Checking the coolant level WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or h
381. the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate x NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s and front passenger s windows are only active when the auto up fea ture is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch Features of your vehicle J CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at OBH048024 the same time If this is done the D080104AUN window will stop and cannot be Power window lock button opened or closed e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by depressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to LOCK pressed
382. til you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position ced Driving your vehicle E030205ABH Starting the engine EO40000AUN EU CAUTION 44 WARNING Ignition switch Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the park ing brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehi cle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken Never reach for the ignition switch or any other controls through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control an accident and serious bodily injury or death Do not place any movable objects around the driver s seat as they may move while driving interfere with the driver and lead to an acci dent WARNING Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle Unsuitable shoes high heels slippers ski boots etc may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelera tor pedal E040100ABH EU 1 2 Make sure the parking brake is applied Place the shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the Shift
383. tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency FO70301BBH Important use of compact spare tire Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions e Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of A CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and neat ene OMe gemia vehicle control and possible per rim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi is not recommended with NOTICE mum load rating or the load carry more than one compact spare Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall tire in use at the same time installing the spare tire Adjust it to of the compact spare tire the specified pressure as necessary lt Avoid driving over obstacles T
384. to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM C040000ABH Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag front Side impact air bag rear if equipped Curtain air bag 1 2 3 4 5 OBH031025N Safety features of your vehicle C040900AEN EU How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate in the event of a seri ous frontal or side collision in order to help protect the occupants from seri ous physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during a
385. ure leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure F060200ABH TPMS Tire Pressure TPMS Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System The system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure and then it will illumi nate both the TPMS malfunction and the low tire pressure telltale If the Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure and position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem What to do in an emergency CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radio transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal o
386. uric acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective glasses and be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the Car Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low the battery may rupture or explode What to do in an emergency F040101ABH EU Jump starting procedure x NOTICE Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk compartment but when you jump start your vehicle use the jumper terminal in the engine compartment 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 f the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the jumper terminal 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to the negative terminal of the jumper terminal 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections N
387. uto matically select a channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found e When the SEEK button is pressed it increases the band frequency to auto matically select a channel Stops at the previous frequency if no channel is found 4 PRESET Buttons Push 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 second to play the channel saved in each button Push pre set button for 0 8 second or longer to save the current channel to the respective button with a beep 5 DISPLAY Screen ON OFF Button Turns on off the displayed data and light on the LCD 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button When you rotate to clockwise or counter clockwise the frequency increases or decreases by each step General AM 9kHz FM 100kHz USA AM 10kHz FM 200kHz When you press this button enter the SETUP mode If no action is taken for 5 seconds after pressing the button it will return to the play mode After entering SETUP mode move between items using the left right and push functions of the TUNE SETUP button SURROUND is only Lexicon model 7 SCAN Button Press to hear a brief sampling of all sta tions on the frequency band When you press this button again at this moment you can receive the broadcasting that you choose Features of your vehicle CD CD Changer PA760BH 1 RANDOM Button 2 REPEAT Button 3 CD Button 4 TRACK Button 5 SCAN Button 6 CD Eject Button 7 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 8
388. utton 4 TRACK Button 5 SCAN Button 6 TUNE Knob amp SETUP Button 7 INFO Button 8 FOLDER Button BH_PA710BH_USB Features of your vehicle Using USB device Using a USB that is connected to the multiple terminal inside the console on the right hand side of the driver s seat 1 RANDOM Button Turns on off the randomization of the play list of files in the currently played folder Press the button for more than 0 8 second to randomly play the entire songs in the USB device To cancel the mode press the button once again 2 REPEAT Button Repeats current song when the button is pressed for less than 0 8 second Repeats the entire folder when the button is pressed for 0 8 second or longer 3 USB Button If USB device is connected it switches to the USB mode from CD mode to play the song files stored in the USB If the auxiliary device is connected it turns to AUX mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player 4 TRACK Button e Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second to play from the beginning of current song Press TRACK V button for less than 0 8 second and press again within 1 seconds to play the previous song Press TRACK V button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song Press TRACK A button for less than 0 8 second to play the next song Press TRACK button for 0 8 sec ond or longer to initiate high
389. v ing XM satellite radio signals in the fol lowing situations SATELITE1 e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov ered parking area e If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway e f you drive under a bridge e If you are driving next to a tall vehicle such as a truck or a bus that block the signal e If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where the signal is blocked by moun tains Mountains Unobstructed area lron bridges SATELITE2 e If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 30ft 10m or more for example on a road through a dense forest e The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the XM repeater network Please note that these may be other unforeseen circumstances when there are problems with the reception of XM satellite radio signal Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna
390. ve all passengers get out of the car Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion FO20300AEN If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START F030100BBH If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 Be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting FO30200ABH If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at igni tion coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 If the engine still does not start call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance a el What to do in an emerge
391. vent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your car clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your car clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the car is particularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your car at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the car give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Maintenance eC Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or
392. will move the steering wheel away from the driver and the drivers seat rearward when the ignition key is removed It will move the steering wheel toward the driver and the driver s seat for ward when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It will move the steering wheel away from the driver and the drivers seat rearward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF position or the smart key is removed from the smart key holder with engine start stop button in OFF position It will move the steering wheel toward the driver and the drivers seat for ward when the engine start stop but ton is turned to the ACC position or the smart key is inserted to the smart key holder with engine start stop but ton in OFF position X NOTICE You can activate or deactivate the easy access function in the INFO menu of DIS Driver Information System if equipped as follows e Seat easy access e Steering easy access If you want detailed informations refer to the DIS manual supplied separately Features of your vehicle Left Right When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the left right position both out side rearview mirrors will move downward Neutral When the remote control out side rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle position the outside rearview mirrors will not operate OBHO48036N x NOTICE D120400BBH The outside rearview mirrors will auto
393. y is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal WARNING e Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim its WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Driving your vehicle E060203AUN Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing th
394. y may cause failure of electri cal circuits FO70300ABH Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into P Park 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc OBH062024 OBH061010 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Insert the fag handle into the 7 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire groove of the wheel cap and pry terclockwise one turn each in from the vehicle gently to remove the wheel cap If sequence of number but do not 5 Block both the front and rear of the equipped remove any nut until the tire has wheel that is diagonally opposite been raised off the ground the jack position What to do in an emergency OBH06801 1 8 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OBH068012 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 10 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the

Owners Manual - Dealer e

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents